Mercurial > vim
annotate runtime/doc/todo.txt @ 2345:12b829477c60 vim73
Vim 7.3a -> 7.3b.
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Sun, 18 Jul 2010 23:29:58 +0200 |
parents | a2b15b1e626d |
children | 8878a9f8db87 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
2345 | 1 *todo.txt* For Vim version 7.3b. Last change: 2010 May 15 |
7 | 2 |
3 | |
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar | |
5 | |
6 | |
7 TODO list for Vim *todo* | |
8 | |
9 This is a veeeery long list of known bugs, current work and desired | |
10 improvements. To make it a little bit accessible, the items are grouped by | |
11 subject. In the first column of the line a classification is used to be able | |
12 to look for "the next thing to do": | |
13 | |
14 Priority classification: | |
15 9 next point release | |
16 8 next release | |
17 7 as soon as possible | |
18 6 soon | |
19 5 should be included | |
20 4 nice to have | |
21 3 consider including | |
22 2 maybe not | |
23 1 probably not | |
24 - unclassified | |
25 | |
26 *votes-for-changes* | |
27 See |develop.txt| for development plans. You can vote for which items should | |
28 be worked on, but only if you sponsor Vim development. See |sponsor|. | |
29 | |
30 *known-bugs* | |
31 -------------------- Known bugs and current work ----------------------- | |
32 | |
2345 | 33 Update syntax menus: run checkmenu. |
34 | |
2326
6e563e1c8033
Make it possible to drag a tab page label to another position. (Paul B. Mahol)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2325
diff
changeset
|
35 GTK: torn-off menu doesn't work. |
6e563e1c8033
Make it possible to drag a tab page label to another position. (Paul B. Mahol)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2325
diff
changeset
|
36 |
2345 | 37 Make 'cryptmethod' global-local, so that a default specified in a .vimrc file |
38 is used for new files. (Christian J. Robinson) | |
39 | |
2152 | 40 Cursor positioning wrong with 0x200e character. (John Becket, 2010 May 6) |
41 | |
2287
573da4dac306
Make the dos installer work with more compilers.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2286
diff
changeset
|
42 Test 69 breaks on MS-Windows, both 32 and 64 builds. (George Reilly, 2010 Feb |
573da4dac306
Make the dos installer work with more compilers.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2286
diff
changeset
|
43 26) |
573da4dac306
Make the dos installer work with more compilers.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2286
diff
changeset
|
44 |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
45 Bug: searching for tags file uses 'suffixesadd', should not happen. (Dominique |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
46 Pelle, 2010 June 28) |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
47 |
2152 | 48 When directory "/tmp/tags" contains "tags1" and "tags2", setting 'tags' to |
49 "/tmp/tags/*" doesn't pick up these files. (Simon Ruggier, 2010 Mar 17) | |
50 | |
51 ":command Print echo 'print'" works, but ":Print" doesn't. Builtin Print | |
52 should be overruled. (Aaron Thoma) | |
53 | |
54 Editing a file with a ^M with 'ff' set to "mac", opening a help file, then the | |
55 ^M is displayed as ^J sometimes. Getting 'ff' value from wrong window/buffer? | |
56 | |
57 Problem producing tags file when hebrew.frx is present. It has a BOM. | |
58 Results in E670. (Tony Mechelynck, 2010 May 2) | |
59 | |
60 'cindent' not correct when 'list' is set. (Zdravi Korusef, 2010 Apr 15) | |
61 | |
62 ":helpgrep" does not put the cursor in the correct column when preceded by | |
63 accented character. (Tony Mechelynck, 2010 Apr 15) | |
64 | |
65 Better Czech keymap. (Stepnem, 2010 May 4) Use if no response from Jiri | |
66 Tobisek. | |
67 | |
68 Use Dutch spell files from: | |
69 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/project/dict-nl | |
70 Looks like this is newer than the new wordlist for Dutch: | |
71 http://www.opentaal.org/bestanden/1_10/nl_NL-Pack | |
2120
f63ace015c63
Updated runtime and language files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2098
diff
changeset
|
72 |
f63ace015c63
Updated runtime and language files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2098
diff
changeset
|
73 Problem with cursor in the wrong column. (SungHyun Nam, 2010 Mar 11) |
2152 | 74 Additional info by Dominique Pelle. (also on 2010 Apr 10) |
75 | |
76 "make install" installs some of the .info files on Unix. | |
77 (James Vega, 2010 Mar 30) | |
78 | |
79 Is ~/bin (literally) in $PATH supposed to work? (Paul, 2010 March 29) | |
80 Looks like only bash can do it. (Yakov Lerner) | |
81 | |
82 8 Add an event like CursorHold that is triggered repeatedly, not just once | |
83 after typing something. | |
84 Need for CursorHold that retriggers. Use a key that doesn't do anything, or a | |
85 function that resets did_cursorhold. | |
2098
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
86 |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
87 Cscope "cs add" stopped working somewhat before 7.2.438. (Gary Johnson, 2010 |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
88 Jun 29) Caused by 7.2.433? |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
89 |
2098
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
90 I often see pasted text (from Firefox, to Vim in xterm) appear twice. |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
91 Also, Vim in xterm sometimes loses copy/paste ability (probably after running |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
92 an external command). |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
93 |
2152 | 94 Jumplist doesn't work properly in Insert mode? (Jean Johner, 2010 Mar 20) |
95 | |
2120
f63ace015c63
Updated runtime and language files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2098
diff
changeset
|
96 Problem with transparent cmdline. Also: Terminal title is wrong with |
f63ace015c63
Updated runtime and language files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2098
diff
changeset
|
97 non-ASCII character. (Lily White, 2010 Mar 7) |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
98 |
2341 | 99 Patch for horizontal mouse wheel. (Bjorn Winckler, 2010 Jul 18) |
100 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
101 iconv() doesn't fail on an illegal character, as documented. (Yongwei Wu, 2009 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
102 Nov 15, example Nov 26) Add argument to specify whether iconv() should fail |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
103 or replace with a character and continue? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
104 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
105 Add local time at start of --startuptime output. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
106 Requires configure check for localtime(). |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
107 Use format year-month-day hr:min:sec. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
108 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
109 Shell not recognized properly if it ends in "csh -f". (James Vega, 2009 Nov 3) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
110 Find tail? Might have a / in argument. Find space? Might have space in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
111 path. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
112 |
2152 | 113 ":function f(x) keepjumps" creates a function where every command is executed |
114 like it has ":keepjumps" before it. | |
115 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
116 Coverity: ask someone to create new user: Dominique. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
117 look into reported defects: http://scan.coverity.com/rung2.html |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
118 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
119 Bug with 'incsearch' going to wrong line. (Wolfram Kresse, 2009 Aug 17) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
120 Only with "vim -u NONE". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
121 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
122 Problem with editing file in binary mode. (Ingo Krabbe, 2009 Oct 8) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
123 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
124 Problem with stop directory in findfile(). (Adam Simpkins, 2009 Aug 26) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
125 |
2152 | 126 Undo problem: line not removed as expected when using setline() from Insert |
127 mode. (Israel Chauca, 2010 May 13, more in second msg) | |
128 Break undo when CTRL-R = changes the text? Or save more lines? | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
129 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
130 Change to C syntax folding to make it work much faster, but a bit less |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
131 reliable. (Lech Lorens, 2009 Nov 9) Enable with an option? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
132 Most time is spent in in_id_list(). |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
133 |
2225 | 134 Slow combination of folding and PHP syntax highlighting. Script to reproduce |
135 it. Caused by "syntax sync fromstart" in combination with patch 7.2.274. | |
136 (Christian Brabandt, 2010 May 27) | |
137 | |
2262 | 138 When completion inserts the first match, it may trigger the line to be folded. |
139 Disable updating folds while completion is active? (Peter Odding, 2010 Jun 9) | |
140 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
141 In command line window ":close" doesn't work properly. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
142 Jun 1) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
143 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
144 When a:base in 'completefunc' starts with a number it's passed as a number, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
145 not a string. (Sean Ma) Need to add flag to call_func_retlist() to force a |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
146 string value. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
147 |
2152 | 148 There is no command line completion for ":lmap". |
149 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
150 Invalid read error in Farsi mode. (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Aug 2) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
151 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
152 For running gvim on an USB stick: avoid the OLE registration. Use a command |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
153 line argument -noregister. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
154 |
2152 | 155 When a mapping exists both for insert mode and lang-insert mode, the last one |
156 doesn't work. (Tyru, 2010 May 6) Or is this intended? | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
157 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
158 Still a problem with ":make" in the wrong directory. Caused by ":bufdo". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
159 (Ajit Thakkar, 2009 Jul 1) More information Jul 9, Jul 15. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
160 Caused by "doautoall syntaxset BufEnter *" in syntax/nosyntax.vim ? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
161 There also is a BufLeave/BufEnter aucmd to save/restore view. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
162 Does the patch to save/restore globaldir work? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
163 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
164 ":bufdo normal gg" while 'hidden' is set leaves buffers without syntax |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
165 highlighting. Don't disable Syntax autocommands then? Or add a flag/modifier |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
166 to avoid changing 'eventignore'? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
167 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
168 Patch for displaying 0x200c and 0x200d. (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 6) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
169 Probably needs a bit of work. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
170 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
171 List of encoding aliases. (Takao Fujiware, 2009 Jul 18) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
172 Are they all OK? Update Jul 22. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
173 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
174 Win32: Expanding 'path' runs into a maximum size limit. (bgold12, 2009 Nov 15) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
175 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
176 Setting 'tags' to "tagsdir/*" does not find "tagsdir/tags". (Steven K. Wong, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
177 2009 Jul 18) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
178 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
179 Patch to add farsi handling to arabic.c (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 2) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
180 Added test, updates, June 23. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
181 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
182 Patch to add "focusonly" to 'scrollopt', so that scrollbind also applies in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
183 window that doesn't have focus. (Jonathon Mah, 2009 Jan 12) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
184 Needs more work. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
185 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
186 Problem with <script> mappings (Andy Wokula, 2009 Mar 8) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
187 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
188 When starting Vim with "gvim -f -u non_existent_file > foo.txt" there are a |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
189 few control characters in the output. (Dale Wiles, 2009 May 28) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
190 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
191 'cmdwinheight is only used in last window when 'winheight' is a large value. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
192 (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Apr 15) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
193 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
194 Status line containing winnr() isn't updated when splitting the window (Clark |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
195 J. Wang, 2009 Mar 31) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
196 |
2152 | 197 When $VIMRUNTIME is set in .vimrc, need to reload lang files. Already done |
198 for GTK, how about others? (Ron Aaron, 2010 Apr 10) | |
199 | |
200 Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields. | |
201 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
202 When 'ft' changes redraw custom status line. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
203 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
204 ":tab split fname" doesn't set the alternate file in the original window, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
205 because win_valid() always returns FALSE. Below win_new_tabpage() in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
206 ex_docmd.c. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
207 |
2152 | 208 Space before comma in function definition not allowed: "function x(a , b)" |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
209 Give a more appropriate error message. Add a remark to the docs. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
210 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
211 string_convert() should be able to convert between utf-8 and utf-16le. Used |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
212 for GTK clipboard. Avoid requirement for iconv. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
213 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
214 Now that colnr_T is int instead of unsigned, more type casts can be removed. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
215 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
216 'delcombine' does not work for the command line. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Jul |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
217 20) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
218 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
219 Unwanted file name escaping: ":echo input('file:' , '', 'file')" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
220 And use file name completion on a file with spaces. (Frederic Hardy, 2009 Mar |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
221 23) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
222 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
223 Don't load macmap.vim on startup, turn it into a plugin. (Ron Aaron, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
224 2009 Apr 7) Reminder Apr 14. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
225 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
226 Add "no_hlsearch" to winsaveview(). |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
227 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
228 Cursorline highlighting combines with Search ('hlsearch') but not with |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
229 SpellBad. (Jim Karsten, 2009 Mar 18) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
230 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
231 When 'foldmethod' is "indent", using >> on a line just above a fold makes the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
232 cursor line folded. (Evan Laforge, 2009 Oct 17) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
233 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
234 When 'foldmethod' is "indent", adding an empty line below a fold and then |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
235 indented text, creates a new fold instead of joining it with the previous one. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
236 (Evan Laforge, 2009 Oct 17) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
237 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
238 Bug: When reloading a buffer changed outside of Vim, BufRead autocommands |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
239 are applied to the wrong buffer/window. (Ben Fritz, 2009 Apr 2, May 11) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
240 Ignore window options when not in the right window? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
241 Perhaps we need to use a hidden window for applying autocommands to a buffer |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
242 that doesn't have a window. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
243 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
244 When using "ab foo bar" and mapping <Tab> to <Esc>, pressing <Tab> after foo |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
245 doesn't trigger the abbreviation like <Esc> would. (Ramana Kumar, 2009 Sep 6) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
246 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
247 getbufvar() to get a window-local option value for a buffer that's not |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
248 displayed in a window should return the value that's stored for that buffer. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
249 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
250 ":he ctrl_u" can be auto-corrected to ":he ctrl-u". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
251 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
252 There should be a way after an abbreviation has expanded to go back to what |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
253 was typed. CTRL-G h ? Would also undo last word or line break inserted |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
254 perhaps. And undo CTRL-W. CTRL-G l would redo. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
255 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
256 Win32: A --remote command that has a directory name starting with a ( doesn't |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
257 work, the backslash is removed, assuming that it escapes the (. (Valery |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
258 Kondakoff, 2009 May 13) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
259 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
260 Win32 GUI: Changing manifest helps for dpi changes (Joe Castro, 2009 Mar 27) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
261 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
262 Win32 GUI: last message from startup doesn't show up when there is an echoerr |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
263 command. (Cyril Slobin, 2009 Mar 13) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
264 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
265 Win32: use different args for SearchPath()? (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2009 Jan 30) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
266 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
267 Win32: completion of file name ":e c:\!test" results in ":e c:\\!test", which |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
268 does not work. (Nieko Maatjes, 2009 Jan 8, Ingo Karkat, 2009 Jan 22) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
269 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
270 Directory wrong in session file, caused by ":lcd" in BufEnter autocommand. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
271 (Felix Kater, 2009 Mar 3) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
272 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
273 maparg() doesn't return the flags, such as <buffer>, <script>, <silent>. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
274 These are needed to save and restore a mapping. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
275 Also: the rhs string is not always correct. (Hari Krishna Dara, 2009 Sept 29) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
276 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
277 Using ~ works OK on 'a' with composing char, but not on 0x0418 with composing |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
278 char 0x0301. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Mar 4) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
279 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
280 Inconsistent: starting with $LANG set to es_ES.utf-8 gives Spanish |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
281 messages, even though locale is not supported. But ":lang messages |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
282 es_ES.utf-8" gives an error and doesn't switch messages. (Dominique Pelle, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
283 2009 Jan 26) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
284 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
285 When $HOME contains special characters, sich as a comma, escape them when used |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
286 in an option. (Michael Hordijk, 2009 May 5) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
287 Turn "esc" argument of expand_env_esc() into string of chars to be escaped. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
288 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
289 Can 'undolevels' be a buffer-local option? Helps for making big changes in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
290 one file only, set 'ul' to -1 only for that buffer. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
291 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
292 Should make 'ignorecase' global-local, so that it makes sense setting it from |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
293 a modeline. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
294 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
295 Add cscope target to Makefile. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Jun 18, replies by |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
296 Sergey Khorev) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
297 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
298 Consider making YankRing or something else that keeps a list of yanked text |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
299 part of standard Vim. The "1 to "9 registers are not sufficient. |
1624 | 300 |
1698 | 301 netrw: dragging status line causes selection of entry. Should check row |
302 number to be below last visible line. | |
303 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
304 After doing "su" $HOME can be the old user's home, thus ~root/file is not |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
305 correct. Don't use it in the swap file. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
306 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
307 Completion for ":buf" doesn't work properly on Win32 when 'shellslash' is off. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
308 (Henrik Ohman, 2009, Jan 29) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
309 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
310 Allow patches to add something to version.c, like with an official patch, so |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
311 that :version output shows which patches have been applied. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
312 |
2152 | 313 Bug: in Ex mode (after "Q") backslash before line break, when yanked into a |
314 register and executed, results in <Nul>: instead of line break. | |
315 (Konrad Schwarz, 2010 Apr 16) | |
316 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
317 Have a look at patch for utf-8 line breaking. (Yongwei Wu, 2008 Mar 1, Mar 23) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
318 Now at: http://vimgadgets.sourceforge.net/liblinebreak/ |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
319 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
320 Greek sigma character should be lower cased depending on the context. Can we |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
321 make this work? (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Sep 24) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
322 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
323 When changing 'encoding' convert all the swap file names, so that we can |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
324 still delete them. Also convert all buffer file names? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
325 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
326 "gqip" in Insert mode has an off-by-one error, causing it to reflow text. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
327 (Raul Coronado, 2009 Nov 2) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
328 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
329 Update src/testdir/main.aap. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
330 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
331 "vim -c 'sniff connect'" hangs Vim. (Dominique Pelle, 2008 Dec 7) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
332 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
333 Something wrong with session that has "cd" commands and "badd", in such a way |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
334 that Vim doesn't find the edited file in the buffer list, causing the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
335 ATTENTION message? (Tony Mechelynck, 2008 Dec 1) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
336 Also: swap files are in ~/tmp/ One has relative file name ".mozilla/...". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
337 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
338 Add v:motion_force. (Kana Natsuno, 2008 Dec 6) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
339 |
1668 | 340 Runtime files for Clojure. (Toralf Wittner, 2008 Jun 25) |
341 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
342 MS-Windows: editing the first, empty buffer, 'ffs' set to "unix,dos", ":enew" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
343 doesn't set 'ff' to "unix". (Ben Fritz, 2008 Dec 5) Reusing the old buffer |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
344 probably causes this. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
345 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
346 'scrollbind' is not respected when deleting lines or undo. (Milan Vancura, |
2190 | 347 2009 Jan 16) |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
348 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
349 Document that default font in Athena can be set with resources: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
350 XtDefaultFont: "9x15" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
351 XtDefaultFontSet: "9x15" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
352 (Richard Sherman, 2009 Apr 12) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
353 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
354 Having "Syntax" in 'eventignore' for :bufdo may cause problems, e.g. for |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
355 ":bufdo e" when buffers are open in windows. ex_listdo(eap) could set the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
356 option only for when jumping to another buffer, not when the command argument |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
357 is executed. |
1668 | 358 |
359 Crash with dragn-n-drop of file combined with netrw (Marius Gedminas, 2008 Jun | |
360 11) I can't reproduce it. It's probably caused by a handle_drop() call | |
361 in combination with autocommands that invoke a ":redraw" command. | |
362 Another valgrind output Jun 30. | |
1624 | 363 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
364 ":pedit %" with a BufReadPre autocommand causes the cursor to move to the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
365 first line. (Ingo Karkat, 2008 Jul 1) Ian Kelling is working on this. |
1624 | 366 |
367 Wildmenu not deleted: "gvim -u NONE", ":set nocp wildmenu cmdheight=3 | |
368 laststatus=2", CTRL-D CTRL-H CTRL-H CTRL-H. (A.Politz, 2008 April 1) | |
369 Works OK with Vim in an xterm. | |
370 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
371 Cursor line moves in other window when using CTRL-W J that doesn't change |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
372 anything. (Dasn, 2009 Apr 7) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
373 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
374 On Unix "glob('does not exist~')" returns the string. Without the "~" it |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
375 doesn't. (John Little, 2008 Nov 9) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
376 Shell expansion returns unexpanded string? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
377 Don't use shell when "~" is not at the start? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
378 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
379 ":unlet $VAR" doesn't work. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
380 |
1698 | 381 When using ":e ++enc=foo file" and the file is already loaded with |
382 'fileencoding' set to "bar", then do_ecmd() uses that buffer, even though the | |
383 fileencoding differs. Reload the buffer in this situation? Need to check for | |
384 the buffer to be unmodified. | |
385 Unfinished patch by Ian Kelling, 2008 Jul 11. Followup Jul 14, need to have | |
386 another look at it. | |
387 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
388 Patch for c.vim and cpp.vim syntax files. (Chung-chieh Shan, 2008 Nov 26) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
389 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
390 c.vim: XXX in a comment is colored yellow, but not when it's after "#if 0". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
391 (Ilya Dogolazky, 2009 Aug 7) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
392 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
393 Win32: ":dis +" shows nothing, but "+p does insert text. Problem with "* and |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
394 "+ being the same thing? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
395 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
396 You can type ":w ++bad=x fname", but the ++bad argument is ignored. Give an |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
397 error message? Or is this easy to implement? (Nathan Stratton Treadway, 2008 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
398 Aug 20) This is in ucs2bytes(), search for 0xBF. Using the ++bad argument is |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
399 at the other match for 0xBF. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
400 |
1624 | 401 Fix for matchparen HL doesn't work. beep. |
402 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
403 When adding "-complete=file" to a user command this also changes how the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
404 argument is processed for <f-args>. (Ivan Tishchenko, 2008 Aug 19) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
405 |
1624 | 406 Win32: associating a type with Vim doesn't take care of space after a |
407 backslash? (Robert Vibrant, 2008 Jun 5) | |
408 | |
409 After using <Tab> for command line completion after ":ta blah" and getting E33 | |
410 (no tags file), further editing the command to e.g., ":echo 'blah'", the | |
1698 | 411 command is not executed. Fix by Ian Kelling? |
1624 | 412 |
1698 | 413 ":help s/~" jumps to *s/\~*, while ":help s/\~" doesn't find anything. (Tim |
414 Chase) Fix by Ian Kelling, 2008 Jul 14. | |
415 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
416 Use "\U12345678" for 32 bit Unicode characters? (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
417 Apr 6) Or use "\u(123456)", similar to Perl. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
418 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
419 When mapping : to ; and ; to :, @; doesn't work like @: and @: doesn't work |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
420 either. Matt Wozniski: nv_at() calls do_execreg() which uses |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
421 put_in_typebuf(). Char mapped twice? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
422 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
423 8 Some file systems are case-sensitive, some are not. Turn |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
424 CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME into an option, at least for completion. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
425 |
1624 | 426 Despite adding save_subexpr() this still doesn't work properly: |
427 Regexp: matchlist('12a4aaa', '^\(.\{-}\)\(\%5c\@<=a\+\)\(.\+\)\?') | |
428 Returns ['12a4', 'aaa', '4aaa'], should be ['12a4', 'aaa', ''] | |
429 Backreference not cleared when retrying after \@<= fails? | |
430 (Brett Stahlman, 2008 March 8) | |
431 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
432 Problem with remote_send(). (Charles Campbell, 2008 Aug 12) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
433 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
434 ftplugin for help file should set 'isk' to help file value. |
1698 | 435 |
1624 | 436 Win32: remote editing fails when the current directory name contains "[". |
437 (Ivan Tishchenko, Liu Yubao) Suggested patch by Chris Lubinski: Avoid | |
438 escaping characters where the backslash is not removed later. Asked Chris for | |
439 an alternate solution, also for src/ex_getln.c. | |
1668 | 440 This also fails when the file or directory name contains "%". (Thoml, 2008 |
441 July 7) | |
1624 | 442 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
443 Win32: The "4913" file is sometimes not deleted. Perhaps another program has |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
444 opened it? Use FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE? (Craig Barkhouse, 2009 Nov 6) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
445 |
1624 | 446 The str2special() function doesn't handle multi-byte characters properly. |
447 Patch from Vladimir Vichniakov, 2007 Apr 24. | |
448 Should clean up the whole function. Also allow modifiers like <S-Char-32>? | |
449 find_special_key() also has this problem. | |
450 | |
451 Problem with 'langmap' being used on the rhs of a mapping. (Nikolai Weibull, | |
452 2008 May 14) | |
453 | |
454 Problem with CTRL-F. (Charles Campbell, 2008 March 21) | |
455 Only happens with "gvim -geometry "160x26+4+27" -u NONE -U NONE prop.c". | |
456 'lines' is 54. (2008 March 27) | |
457 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
458 Problem with pointer wrapping around in getvcol(). (Wolfgang Kroworsch, 2008 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
459 Oct 19) Check for "col" being "MAXCOL" separately? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
460 |
1624 | 461 Unexpectedly inserting a double quote. (Anton Woellert, 2008 Mar 23) |
462 Works OK when 'cmdheight' is 2. | |
463 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
464 Test54 should not use shell commands. Make it portable. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
465 |
1624 | 466 The utf class table is missing some entries: |
467 0x2212, minus sign | |
468 0x2217, star | |
469 0x2500, bar | |
470 0x26ab, circle | |
471 | |
472 Visual line mode doesn't highlight properly when 'showbreak' is used and the | |
473 line doesn't fit. (Dasn, 2008 May 1) | |
474 | |
475 GUI: In Normal mode can't yank the modeless selection. Make "gy" do this? | |
476 Works like CTRL-Y in Command line mode. | |
477 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
478 Mac: Move Carbon todo items to os_mac.txt. Note that this version is frozen, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
479 try the Cocoa version. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
480 |
1125 | 481 Mac: After a ":vsplit" the left scrollbar doesn't appear until 'columns' is |
482 changed or the window is resized. | |
483 | |
1624 | 484 Mac: Patch for configure: remove arch from ruby link args. (Knezevic, 2008 |
485 Mar 5) Alternative: Kazuki Sakamoto, Mar 7. | |
486 | |
1698 | 487 Mac: trouble compiling with Motif, requires --disable-darwin. (Raf, 2008 Aug |
488 1) Reply by Ben Schmidt. | |
489 | |
1624 | 490 C't: On utf-8 system, editing file with umlaut through Gnome results in URL |
491 with %nn%nn, which is taken as two characters instead of one. | |
492 Try to reproduce at work. | |
493 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
494 Patch for default choice in file changed dialog. (Bjorn Winckler, 2008 Oct 19) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
495 Is there a way to list all the files first? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
496 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
497 When 'smartcase' is set and using CTRL-L to add to the search pattern it may |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
498 result in no matches. Convert chars to lower case? (Erik Wognsen, 2009 Apr |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
499 16) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
500 |
1624 | 501 Patch for redo register. (Ben Schmidt, 2007 Oct 19) |
502 Await response to question to make the register writable. | |
503 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
504 src/testdir/Make_dos.mak: not all tests are included, e.g., test49, without a |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
505 remark why. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
506 |
1624 | 507 Problem with 'ts' set to 9 and 'showbreak' to ">>>". (Matthew Winn, 2007 Oct |
508 1) | |
509 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
510 In the swapfile dialog, add a H(elp) option that gives more info about what |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
511 each choice does. Similar to ":help swap-exists-choices" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
512 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
513 try/catch not working for argument of return. (Matt Wozniski, 2008 Sep 15) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
514 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
515 Recognize and ignore BOM in error file. (Aleksey Baibarin) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
516 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
517 ":tab help" always opens a new tab, while ":help" re-uses an existing window. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
518 Would be more consistent when an existing tab is re-used. (Tony Mechelynck) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
519 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
520 ":tab drop filename" doesn't work nicely when "filename" is open in a window |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
521 in another tab. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Feb 13) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
522 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
523 Add ":nofold". Range will apply without expanding to closed fold. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
524 |
1624 | 525 Including NFA regexp code: |
526 Use "\%#= to set the engine: 0 = automatic, 1 = backtracking, 2 = new. | |
527 Useful in tests. | |
528 Performance tests: | |
529 - ~/vim/test/veryslow.js (file from Daniel Fetchinson) | |
530 - ~/vim/test/slowsearch | |
531 - ~/vim/test/rgb.vim | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
532 - ~/vim/text/FeiqCfg.xml (file from Netjune) |
1624 | 533 - search for a.*e*exn in the vim executable. Go to last line to use |
534 'hlsearch'. | |
1125 | 535 |
536 Using Aap to build Vim: add remarks about how to set personal preferences. | |
537 Example on http://www.calmar.ws/tmp/aap.html | |
538 | |
1624 | 539 Syntax highlighting wrong for transparent region. (Doug Kearns, 2007 Feb 26) |
540 Bug in using a transparent syntax region. (Hanlen in vim-dev maillist, 2007 | |
541 Jul 31) | |
1125 | 542 |
543 C syntax: {} inside () causes following {} to be highlighted as error. | |
544 (Michalis Giannakidis, 2006 Jun 1) | |
545 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
546 Can't easily close the help window, like ":pc" closes the preview window and |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
547 ":ccl" closes the quickfix window. Add ":hclose". (Chris Gaal) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
548 |
1624 | 549 When 'diffopt' has "context:0" a single deleted line causes two folds to merge |
550 and mess up syncing. (Austin Jennings, 2008 Jan 31) | |
551 | |
1125 | 552 Gnome improvements: Edward Catmur, 2007 Jan 7 |
553 Also use Save/Discard for other GUIs | |
554 | |
555 New PHP syntax file, use it? (Peter Hodge) | |
556 | |
557 'foldcolumn' in modeline applied to wrong window when using a session. (Teemu | |
558 Likonen, March 19) | |
559 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
560 Test 54 uses shell commands, that doesn't work on non-Unix systems. Use some |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
561 other way to test buffer-local autocommands. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
562 |
1698 | 563 The documentation mentions the priority for ":2match" and ":3match", but it |
564 appears the last one wins. (John Beckett, 2008 Jul 22) Caused by adding | |
565 matchadd()? Suggested patch by John, 2008 Jul 24. | |
566 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
567 When 'encoding' is utf-8 the command line is redrawn as a whole on every |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
568 character typed. (Tyler Spivey, 2008 Sep 3) Only redraw cmdline for |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
569 'arabicshape' when there is a character on the command line for which |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
570 (ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) is TRUE. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
571 |
1624 | 572 Cheng Fang made javacomplete. (2007 Aug 11) |
573 Asked about latest version: 0.77.1 is on www.vim.org. | |
1125 | 574 |
575 More AmigaOS4 patches. (Peter Bengtsson, Nov 9) | |
576 | |
1698 | 577 Insert mode completion: When editing the text and pressing CTRL-N again goes |
578 back to originally completed text, edited text is gone. (Peng Yu, 2008 Jul 24) | |
579 Suggestion by Ben Schmidt, 2008 Aug 6. | |
1624 | 580 |
581 Problem with compound words? (Bert, 2008 May 6) | |
582 No warning for when flags are defined after they are used in an affix. | |
583 | |
584 Screen redrawing when continuously updating the buffer and resizing the | |
585 terminal. (Yakov Lerner, 2006 Sept 7) | |
1125 | 586 |
587 Add option settings to help ftplugin. (David Eggum, 2006 Dec 18) | |
588 | |
1624 | 589 Autoconf problem: when checking for iconv library we may add -L/usr/local/lib, |
590 but when compiling further tests -liconv is added without the -L argument, | |
591 that may fail (e.g., sizeof(int)). (Blaine, 2007 Aug 21) | |
1125 | 592 |
593 When opening quickfix window, disable spell checking? | |
594 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
595 Problem with ".add" files when using two languages and restarting Vim. (Raul |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
596 Coronado, 2008 Oct 30) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
597 |
1624 | 598 Popup menu redraw: Instead of first redrawing the text and then drawing the |
599 popup menu over it, first draw the new popup menu, remember its position and | |
600 size and then redraw the text, skipping the characters under the popup menu. | |
601 This should avoid flicker. Other solution by A.Politz, 2007 Aug 22. | |
602 | |
1698 | 603 When the popup menu is close to the edge of the window it is truncated. Patch |
604 to anchor the popup menu in a different way. (James Vega, 2008 Jul 30) | |
605 | |
1226 | 606 Windows 98: pasting from the clipboard with text from another application has |
607 a trailing NUL. (Joachim Hofmann) Perhaps the length specified for CF_TEXT | |
608 isn't right? | |
609 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
610 When a register contains illegal bytes, writing viminfo in utf-8 and reading |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
611 it back doesn't result in utf-8. (Devin Bayer) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
612 |
1698 | 613 Command line completion: Scanning for tags doesn't check for typed key now and |
614 then? Hangs for about 5 seconds. Appears to be caused by finding include | |
615 files with "foo/**" in 'path'. (Kalisiak, 2006 July 15) | |
1668 | 616 Additional info: When using the |wildcards| ** globing, vim hangs |
617 indefinitely on lots of directories. The |file-searching| globing, like in | |
618 ":set path=/**" does not hang as often as with globing with |wildcards|, like | |
619 in ":1find /**/file". This is for a files that unix "find" can find very | |
620 quick. Merging the 2 kinds of globing might make this an easier fix. (Ian | |
621 Kelling, 2008 July 4) | |
1125 | 622 |
1624 | 623 When the file name has parenthesis, e.g., "foo (bar).txt", ":!ls '%'" has the |
624 parenthesis escaped but not the space. That's inconsistent. Either escape | |
625 neither or both. No escaping might be best, because it doesn't depend on | |
626 particularities of the shell. (Zvi Har'El, 2007 Nov 10) (Teemu Likonen, 2008 | |
627 Jun 3) | |
628 However, for backwards compatibility escaping might be necessary. Check if | |
629 the user put quotes around the expanded item? | |
1125 | 630 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
631 Error E324 can be given when a cron script has wiped out our temp directory. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
632 Give a clear error message about this (and tell them not to wipe out /tmp). |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
633 |
1125 | 634 Color for cUserLabel should differ from case label, so that a mistake in a |
635 switch list is noticed: | |
636 switch (i) | |
637 { | |
638 case 1: | |
639 foobar: | |
640 } | |
641 | |
642 Look at http://www.gtk-server.org/ . It has a Vim script implementation. | |
643 | |
1624 | 644 Netbeans problem. Use "nc -l 127.0.0.1 55555" for the server, then run gvim |
645 with "gvim -nb:localhost:55555:foo". From nc do: '1:editFile!0 "foo"'. Then | |
646 go to Insert mode and add a few lines. Then backspacing every other time | |
647 moves the cursor instead of deleting. (Chris Kaiser, 2007 Sep 25) | |
648 | |
1125 | 649 Changes for Win32 makefile. (Mike Williams, 2007 Jan 22, Alexei Alexandrov, |
650 2007 Feb 8) | |
651 | |
652 Patch for Win32 clipboard under Cygwin. (Frodak Baksik, Feb 15) | |
653 Sutcliffe says it works well. | |
1624 | 654 Update 2007 May 22 for Vim 7.1 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
655 Update 2008 Dec 2008 for Vim 7.2.xx (Sharonov) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
656 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
657 Win32: Can't complete shell command names. Why is setting xp_context in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
658 set_one_cmd_context() inside #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME? |
1125 | 659 |
660 Win32: Patch for convert_filterW(). (Taro Muraoka, 2007 Mar 2) | |
661 | |
1624 | 662 Win32: Patch for cscope external command. (Mike Williams, 2007 Aug 7) |
663 | |
1125 | 664 Win32: XPM support only works with path without spaces. Patch by Mathias |
665 Michaelis, 2006 Jun 9. Another patch for more path names, 2006 May 31. | |
666 New version: http://members.tcnet.ch/michaelis/vim/patches.zip (also for other | |
667 patches by Mathias, see mail Feb 22) | |
668 | |
669 Win32: compiling with normal features and OLE fails. Patch by Mathias | |
670 Michaelis, 2006 Jun 4. | |
671 | |
672 Win32: echo doesn't work for gvim.exe.mnf. Use inline file. Patch by Mathias | |
673 Michaelis. http://groups.yahoo.com/group/vimdev/message/43765 | |
674 Patch that includes this and does more by George Reilly, 2007 Feb 12 | |
675 | |
676 Win16: include patches to make Win16 version work. (Vince Negri, 2006 May 22) | |
677 | |
678 Win32: after "[I" showing matches, scroll wheel messes up screen. (Tsakiridis, | |
679 2007 Feb 18) | |
1624 | 680 Patch by Alex Dobrynin, 2007 Jun 3. Also fixes other scroll wheel problems. |
1125 | 681 |
682 Win32: using CTRL-S in Insert mode doesn't remove the "+" from the tab pages | |
1702 | 683 label. (Tsakiridis, 2007 Feb 18) Patch from Ian Kelling, 2008 Aug 6. |
684 | |
1624 | 685 Win32: using "gvim --remote-tab-silent fname" sometimes gives an empty screen |
686 with the more prompt. Caused by setting the guitablabel? (Thomas Michael | |
687 Engelke, 2007 Dec 20 - 2008 Jan 17) | |
1125 | 688 |
689 Win64: diff.exe crashes on Win64. (Julianne Bailey, 2006 Dec 12) | |
690 Build another diff.exe somehow? | |
691 | |
692 Win64: Seek error in swap file for a very big file (3 Gbyte). Check storing | |
693 pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var. | |
694 | |
1624 | 695 Win32: patch for fullscreen mode. (Liushaolin, 2008 April 17) |
696 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
697 Win32: When 'shell' is cmd.exe this command fails: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
698 echo system('"c:/path/echo.exe" "foo bar"') |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
699 Should we set the default for 'shellxquote' to a double quote, when 'shell' |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
700 contains "cmd" in the tail? (Benjamin Fritz, 2008 Oct 13) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
701 Also set 'shellcmdflag' to include /s. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
702 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
703 Win32: When there is 4 Gbyte of memory mch_avail_mem() doesn't work properly. |
2174
755eb92c5961
Move items around in the todo list.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
704 Unfinished patch by Jelle Geerts, 2008 Aug 24. |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
705 Let mch_avail_mem() return Kbyte instead? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
706 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
707 Win32: With two monitors, gvim partly on both, and adding/removing a scrollbar |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
708 Vim resizes and moves to one of the monitors. (Chris Monkiewicz, 2008 Oct) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
709 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
710 Win32: When 'shell' is bash shellescape() doesn't always do the right thing. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
711 Depends on 'shellslash', 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote', but shellescape() |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
712 only takes 'shellslash' into account. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
713 |
1624 | 714 Pressing the 'pastetoggle' key doesn't update the statusline. (Jan Christoph |
715 Ebersbach, 2008 Feb 1) | |
716 | |
717 Menu item that does "xxd -r" doesn't work when 'fileencoding' is utf-16. | |
718 Check for this and use iconv? (Edward L. Fox, 2007 Sep 12) | |
719 Does the conversion in the other direction work when 'filenecodings' is set | |
720 properly? | |
721 | |
722 Cursor displayed in the wrong position when using 'numberwidth'. (James Vega, | |
723 2007 Jun 21) | |
724 | |
725 When $VAR contains a backslash expand('$VAR') removes it. (Teemu Likonen, 2008 | |
726 Jun 18) | |
727 | |
728 If the variable "g:x#y#z" exists completion after ":echo g:x#" doesn't work. | |
729 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
730 Feature request: Command to go to previous tab, like what CTRL-W p does for |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
731 windows. (Adam George) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
732 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
733 When using input() in a loop and then ":echo" the display column isn't right. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
734 (Benjamin Fritz, 2008 Aug 28) Patch by Ben Schmidt, 2008 Sep 2. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
735 |
1624 | 736 F1 - F4 in an xterm produce a different escape sequence when used with a |
737 modifier key. Need to catch three different sequences. Use K_ZF1, like | |
738 K_ZHOME? (Dickey, 2007 Dec 2) | |
1125 | 739 |
740 UTF-8: mapping a multi-byte key where the second byte is 0x80 doesn't appear | |
741 to work. (Tony Mechelynck, 2007 March 2) | |
742 | |
743 In debug mode, using CTRL-R = to evaluate a function causes stepping through | |
744 the function. (Hari Krishna Dara, 2006 Jun 28) | |
745 | |
746 C++ indenting wrong with "=". (James Kanze, 2007 Jan 26) | |
747 | |
748 ":lockvar" should use copyID to avoid endless loop. | |
749 | |
1624 | 750 When using --remote-silent and the file name matches 'wildignore' get an E479 |
1668 | 751 error. without --remote-silent it works fine. (Ben Fritz, 2008 Jun 20) |
1226 | 752 |
1125 | 753 Gvim: dialog for closing Vim should check if Vim is busy writing a file. Then |
754 use a different dialog: "busy saving, really quit? yes / no". | |
755 | |
756 Check other interfaces for changing curbuf in a wrong way. Patch like for | |
757 if_ruby.c. | |
758 | |
759 ":helpgrep" should use the directory from 'helpfile'. | |
760 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
761 Patch to dynamically load Python on Solaris. (Danek Duvall, 2009 Feb 16) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
762 Needs more work. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
763 |
1125 | 764 The need_fileinfo flag is messy. Instead make the message right away and put |
765 it in keep_msg? | |
766 | |
767 Editing a file remotely that matches 'wildignore' results in a "no match" | |
2174
755eb92c5961
Move items around in the todo list.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
768 error. Should only happen when there are wildcards, not when giving the file |
1125 | 769 name literally, and esp. if there is only one name. |
770 | |
874 | 771 Test 61 fails sometimes. This is a timing problem: "sleep 2" sometimes takes |
772 longer than 2 seconds. | |
857 | 773 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
774 Using ":au CursorMoved * cmd" invokes mch_FullName(), which can be slow. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
775 Can this be avoided? (Thomas Waba, 2008 Aug 24) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
776 Also for ":w" without a file name. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
777 The buffer has the full path in ffname, should pass this to the autocommand. |
1624 | 778 |
779 "vim -C" often has 'nocompatible', because it's set in some startup script. | |
780 Set 'compatible' after startup is done? Patch by James Vega, 2008 Feb 7. | |
781 | |
1125 | 782 VMS: while editing a file found in complex, Vim will save file into the first |
783 directory of the path and not to the original location of the file. | |
784 (Zoltan Arpadffy) | |
785 | |
1624 | 786 VMS: VFC files are in some cases truncated during reading (Zoltan Arpadffy) |
787 | |
1125 | 788 input() completion should not insert a backslash to escape a space in a file |
789 name? | |
790 | |
791 getpos()/setpos() don't include curswant. getpos() could return a fifth | |
792 element. setpos() could accept an optional fifth element. | |
793 | |
794 Ruby completion is insecure. Can this be fixed? | |
795 | |
796 When 'backupskip' is set from $TEMP special characters need to be escaped. | |
797 (patch by Grembowietz, 2007 Feb 26, not quite right) | |
798 Another problem is that file_pat_to_reg_pat() doesn't recognize "\\", so "\\(" | |
799 will be seen as a path separator plus "\(". | |
800 | |
2072 | 801 gvim d:\path\path\(FILE).xml should not remove the \ before the (. |
802 This also fails with --remote. | |
803 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
804 When doing ":quit" the Netbeans "killed" event isn't sent. (Xavier de Gaye, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
805 2008 Nov 10) call netbeans_file_closed() at the end of buf_freeall(), or in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
806 all places where buf_freeall() is called? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
807 |
1125 | 808 ":python os.chdir('/tmp')" makes short buffer names invalid. (Xavier de Gaye) |
809 Check directory and call shorten_fnames()? | |
810 | |
811 aucmd_prepbuf() should also use a window in another tab page. | |
812 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
813 When unloading a buffer in a BufHidden autocommand the hidden flag is reset? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
814 (Bob Hiestand, 2008 Aug 26, Aug 27) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
815 |
1125 | 816 Substituting an area with a line break with almost the same area does change |
817 the Visual area. Can this be fixed? (James Vega, 2006 Sept 15) | |
818 | |
819 Windows installer could add a "open in new tab of existing Vim" menu entry. | |
1624 | 820 Gvimext: patch to add "Edit with single Vim &tabbed" menu entry. |
821 Just have two choices, always using one Vim and selecting between using an | |
822 argument list or opening each file in a separate tab. | |
1668 | 823 (Erik Falor, 2008 May 21, 2008 Jun 26) |
1125 | 824 |
825 GUI: When combining fg en bg make sure they are not equal. | |
826 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
827 Spell checking: Add a way to specify punctuation characters. Add the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
828 superscript numbers by default: 0x2070, 0xb9, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0x2074 - 0x2079. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
829 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
830 Spell checking in popup menu: If the only problem is the case of the first |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
831 character, don't offer "ignore" and "add to word list". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
832 |
1125 | 833 Use different pt_br dictionary for spell checking. (Jackson A. Aquino, 2006 |
834 Jun 5) | |
835 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
836 Use different romanian dictionary for spell checking. (Andrei Popescu, Nov |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
837 2008) Use http://downloads.sourceforge.net/rospell/ro_RO.3.2.zip |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
838 Or the hunspell-ro.3.2.tar.gz file, it also has a iso-8859-2 list. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
839 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
840 In a C file with spell checking, in "% integer" "nteger" is seen as an error, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
841 but "]s" doesn't find it. "nteger" by itself is found. (Ralf Wildenhues, 2008 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
842 Jul 22) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
843 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
844 There should be something about spell checking in the user manual. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
845 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
846 Spell menu: When using the Popup menu to select a replacement word, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
847 ":spellrepeat" doesn't work. SpellReplace() uses setline(). Can it use "z=" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
848 somehow? Or use a new function. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
849 |
1125 | 850 Mac: Using gvim: netrw window disappears. (Nick Lo, 2006 Jun 21) |
851 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
852 Mac: OS/X 10.4 with Python 2.5 installed: configure finds an extra argument |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
853 that breaks the build. (Brian Victor, 2008 Sep 1) |
1698 | 854 |
1125 | 855 Add an option to specify the character to use when a double-width character is |
856 moved to the next line. Default '>', set to a space to blank it out. Check | |
857 that char is single width when it's set (compare with 'listchars'). | |
858 | |
859 The generated vim.bat can avoid the loop for NT. (Carl Zmola, 2006 Sep 3) | |
860 | |
861 Session file creation: 'autochdir' causes trouble. Keep it off until after | |
862 loading all files. | |
863 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
864 Win32: When 'autochdir' is on and 'encoding' is changed, files on the command |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
865 line are opened again, but from the wrong directory. Apply 'autochdir' only |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
866 after starting up? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
867 |
2072 | 868 When showing a diff between a non-existent file and an existing one, with the |
1624 | 869 cursor in the empty buffer, the other buffer only shows the last line. Change |
870 the "insert" into a change from one line to many? (Yakov Lerner, 2008 May 27) | |
871 | |
872 Add autocommand for when a tabpage is being closed. Also for when a tab page | |
873 has been created. | |
874 | |
875 Using ":make" blocks Vim. Allow running one make in the background (if the | |
876 shell supports it), catch errors in a file and update the error list on the | |
877 fly. A bit like "!make > file&" and repeating ":cf file". ":bgmake", | |
878 background make. ":bgcancel" interrupts it. | |
879 A.Politz may work on this. | |
1125 | 880 |
881 These two abbreviations don't give the same result: | |
882 let asdfasdf = "xyz\<Left>" | |
883 cabbr XXX <C-R>=asdfasdf<CR> | |
884 cabbr YYY xyz<Left> | |
885 | |
886 Michael Dietrich: maximized gvim sometimes displays output of external command | |
887 partly. (2006 Dec 7) | |
888 | |
889 In FileChangedShell command it's no longer allowed to switch to another | |
890 buffer. But the changed buffer may differ from the current buffer, how to | |
891 reload it then? | |
892 | |
893 New syntax files for fstab and resolv from Radu Dineiu, David Necas did | |
894 previous version. | |
895 | |
896 For Aap: include a config.arg.example file with hints how to use config.arg. | |
897 | |
1624 | 898 Command line completion when 'cmdheight' is maximum and 'wildmenu' is set, |
899 only one buffer line displayed, causes display errors. | |
900 | |
901 Completing with 'wildmenu' and using <Up> and <Down> to move through directory | |
902 tree stops unexpectedly when using ":cd " and entering a directory that | |
903 doesn't contain other directories. | |
904 | |
1125 | 905 Linux distributions: |
906 - Suggest compiling xterm with --enable-tcap-query, so that nr of colors is | |
907 known to Vim. 88 colors instead of 16 works better. See ":help | |
908 xfree-xterm". | |
909 - Suggest including bare "vi" and "vim" with X11, syntax, etc. | |
910 | |
911 Completion menu: For a wrapping line, completing a long file name, only the | |
912 start of the path is shown in the menu. Should move the menu to the right to | |
913 show more text of the completions. Shorten the items that don't fit in the | |
914 middle? | |
915 | |
916 When running inside screen it's possible to kill the X server and restart it | |
1698 | 917 (using pty's the program can keep on running). Vim dies because it loses the |
1125 | 918 connection to the X server. Can Vim simply quit using the X server instead of |
919 dying? Also relevant when running in a console. | |
920 | |
921 Accessing file#var in a function should not need the g: prepended. | |
922 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
923 When exiting detects a modified buffer, instead of opening the buffer in the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
924 current tab, use an existing tab, if possible. Like finding a window where |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
925 the buffer is displayed. (Antonios Tsakiridis) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
926 |
1125 | 927 When ":cn" moves to an error in the same line the message isn't shortened. |
928 Only skip shortening for ":cc"? | |
929 | |
930 Write "making vim work better" for the docs (mostly pointers): *nice* | |
931 - sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim | |
932 - setting 'mouse' to "a" | |
933 - getting colors in xterm | |
934 - compiling Vim with X11, GUI, etc. | |
935 | |
936 Problem with ":call" and dictionary function. Hari Krishna Dara, Charles | |
937 Campbell 2006 Jul 06. | |
938 | |
939 Syntax HL error caused by "containedin". (Peter Hodge, 2006 Oct 6) | |
940 | |
1624 | 941 A custom completion function in a ":command" cannot be a Funcref. (Andy |
942 Wokula, 2007 Aug 25) | |
943 | |
944 Problem with using :redir in user command completion function? (Hari Krishna | |
945 Dara, 2006 June 21) | |
946 | |
1125 | 947 Another resizing problem when setting 'columns' and 'lines' to a very large |
948 number. (Tony Mechelynck, 2007 Feb 6) | |
949 | |
950 After starting Vim, using '0 to jump somewhere in a file, ":sp" doesn't center | |
951 the cursor line. It works OK after some other commands. | |
952 | |
953 Win32: Is it possible to have both postscript and Win32 printing? | |
954 Does multi-byte printing with ":hardcopy" work? Add remark in documentation | |
955 about this. | |
956 | |
957 Check: Running Vim in a console and still having connect to the X server for | |
958 copy/paste: is stopping the X server handled gracefully? Should catch the X | |
959 error and stop using the connection to the server. | |
960 | |
961 Problem with 'cdpath' on MS-Windows when a directory is equal to $HOME. (2006 | |
962 Jul 26, Gary Johnson) | |
963 | |
2174
755eb92c5961
Move items around in the todo list.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
964 Using UTF-8 character with ":command" does not work properly. (Matt Wozniski, |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
965 2008 Sep 29) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
966 |
1125 | 967 In the Netbeans interface add a "vimeval" function, so that the other side can |
968 check the result of has("patch13"). | |
969 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
970 Cursor line at bottom of window instead of halfway after saving view and |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
971 restoring. Only with 'nowrap'. (Robert Webb, 2008 Aug 25) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
972 |
1125 | 973 Add command modifier that skips wildcard expansion, so that you don't need to |
974 put backslashes before special chars, only for white space. | |
975 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
976 Syntax HL: open two windows on the same C code, delete a ")" in one window, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
977 resulting in highlighted "{" in that window, not in the other. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
978 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
979 In mswin.vim: Instead of mapping <C-V> for Insert mode in a complicated way, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
980 can it be done like ":imap <C-V> <MiddleMouse>" without negative side effects? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
981 |
1125 | 982 Win32: When the GUI tab pages line is displayed Vim jumps from the secondary |
983 to the primary monitor. (Afton Lewis, 2007 Mar 9) Old resizing problem? | |
984 | |
1624 | 985 GTK: when the Tab pages bar appears or disappears while the window is |
986 maximized the window is no longer maximized. Patch that has some idea but | |
987 doesn't work from Geoffrey Antos, 2008 May 5. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
988 Also: the window may no longer fit on the screen, thus the command line is not |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
989 visible. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
990 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
991 GTK: when setting 'columns' in a startup script and doing ":vertical diffsplit" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
992 the window isn't redrawn properly, see two vertical bars. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
993 |
1125 | 994 The magic clipboard format "VimClipboard2" appears in several places. Should |
995 be only one. | |
996 | |
1624 | 997 "vim -C" often has 'nocompatible', because it's set somewhere in a startup |
998 script. Do "set compatible" after startup? | |
999 | |
1125 | 1000 It's difficult to debug numbered functions (function in a Dictionary). Print |
1001 the function name before resolving it to a number? | |
1002 let d = {} | |
1003 fun! d.foo() | |
1004 echo "here" | |
1005 endfun | |
1006 call d.foo(9) | |
1007 | |
1008 Add a mark for the other end of the Visual area (VIsual pos). '< and '> are | |
1009 only set after Visual moded is ended. | |
1624 | 1010 Also add a variable for the Visual mode. So that this mode and '< '> can be |
1011 used to set what "gv" selects. (Ben Schmidt) | |
1012 | |
1013 Win32: When running ":make" and 'encoding' differs from the system locale, the | |
1014 output should be converted. Esp. when 'encoding' is "utf-8". (Yongwei Wu) | |
1015 Should we use 'termencoding' for this? | |
1016 | |
2283
7e1bd501306d
Mainly documentation updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
1017 Win32, NTFS: When editing a specific infostream directly and 'backupcopy' is |
1624 | 1018 "auto" should detect this situation and work like 'backupcopy' is "yes". File |
1019 name is something like "c:\path\foo.txt:bar", includes a colon. (Alex | |
1020 Jakushev, 2008 Feb 1) | |
1125 | 1021 |
1022 Small problem displaying diff filler line when opening windows with a script. | |
1023 (David Luyer, 2007 Mar 1 ~/Mail/oldmail/mool/in.15872 ) | |
1024 | |
1025 Is it allowed that 'backupext' is empty? Problems when backup is in same dir | |
1026 as original file? If it's OK don't compare with 'patchmode'. (Thierry Closen) | |
1027 | |
1028 Patch for supporting count before CR in quickfix window. (AOYAMA Shotaro, 2007 | |
1029 Jan 1) | |
1030 | |
1624 | 1031 Patch for adding ":lscscope". (Navdeep Parhar, 2007 Apr 26; update 2008 Apr |
1032 23) | |
1033 | |
1034 ":mkview" isn't called with the right buffer argument. Happens when using | |
1035 tabs and the autocommand "autocmd BufWinLeave * mkview". (James Vega, 2007 | |
1036 Jun 18) | |
1125 | 1037 |
1038 xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for | |
1039 buffers that changed. Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow(). | |
1040 Xterm 224 supports it! | |
1041 | |
1042 When completing from another file that uses a different encoding completion | |
1043 text has the wrong encoding. E.g., when 'encoding' is utf-8 and file is | |
1044 latin1. Example from Gombault Damien, 2007 Mar 24. | |
1045 | |
1624 | 1046 Is it possible to use "foo#var" instead of "g:foo#var" inside a function? |
1047 | |
1048 Syntax HL: When using "nextgroup" and the group has an empty match, there is | |
1049 no search at that position for another match. (Lukas Mai, 2008 April 11) | |
1050 | |
1051 In gvim the backspace key produces a backspace character, but on Linux the | |
1052 VERASE key is Delete. Set VERASE to Backspace? (patch by Stephane Chazelas, | |
1053 2007 Oct 16) | |
1054 | |
1668 | 1055 When entering a C /* comment, after typing <Enter> for 70 times the indent |
1056 disappears. (Vincent Beffara, 2008 Jul 3) | |
1057 | |
1624 | 1058 TermResponse autocommand isn't always triggered when using vimdiff. (Aron |
1059 Griffis, 2007 Sep 19) | |
1060 | |
1061 Create a gvimtutor.1 file and change Makefiles to install it. | |
1062 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1063 When 'encoding' is utf-8 typing text at the end of the line causes previously |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1064 typed characters to be redrawn. Caused by patch 7.1.329. (Tyler Spivey, 2008 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1065 Sep 3, 11) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1066 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1067 When Vim in an xterm owns the selection and the user does ":shell" Vim doesn't |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1068 respond to selection requests. Invoking XtDisownSelection() before executing |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1069 the shell doesn't help. Would require forking and doing a message loop, like |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1070 what happens for the GUI. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1071 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1072 X11: Putting more than about 262040 characters of text on the clipboard and |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1073 pasting it in another Vim doesn't work. (Dominique Pelle, 2008 Aug 21-23) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1074 clip_x11_request_selection_cb() is called with zero value and length. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1075 Also: Get an error message from free() in the process that owns the selection. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1076 Seems to happen when the selection is requested the second time, but before |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1077 clip_x11_convert_selection_cb() is invoked, thus in X library code. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1078 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1079 Add 'lazysize' option: Above this size Vim doesn't load everything before |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1080 starting to edit a file. Things like 'fileencodings' only work up to this |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1081 size, modelines only work at the top. Useful for large log files where you |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1082 only want to look at the first few pages. Use zero to disable it. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1083 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1084 ":vimgrep" does not recognize a recursive symlink. Is it possible to detect |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1085 this, at least for Unix (using device/inode)? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1086 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1087 When switching between windows the cursor is often put in the middle. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1088 Remember the relative position and restore that, just like lnum and col are |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1089 restored. (Luc St-Louis) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1090 |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
1091 Patch to support horizontal scroll wheel in GTK. Untested. (Bjorn Winckler, |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
1092 2010 Jun 30) |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
1093 |
1624 | 1094 |
2302
488be8cbe19c
Make CTRL-L in command line mode respect 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase'. (Martin
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2301
diff
changeset
|
1095 Before (beta) release 7.3: |
2330 | 1096 - Documentation for Python 3 support. |
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2326
diff
changeset
|
1097 |
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2326
diff
changeset
|
1098 Before release 7.3: |
2302
488be8cbe19c
Make CTRL-L in command line mode respect 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase'. (Martin
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2301
diff
changeset
|
1099 - Rename vim73 branch to default (hints: Xavier de Gaye, 2010 May 23) |
488be8cbe19c
Make CTRL-L in command line mode respect 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase'. (Martin
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2301
diff
changeset
|
1100 |
1624 | 1101 More patches: |
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1102 - Another patch for Javascript indenting. (Hari Kumar, 2010 Jul 11) |
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1103 Needs a few tests. |
1125 | 1104 - Add 'cscopeignorecase' option. (Liang Wenzhi, 2006 Sept 3) |
1105 - Argument for feedkeys() to prepend to typeahead (Yakov Lerner, 2006 Oct | |
1106 21) | |
1107 - Load intl.dll too, not only libintl.dll. (Mike Williams, 2006 May 9, docs | |
1108 patch May 10) | |
1109 - Extra argument to strtrans() to translate special keys to their name (Eric | |
1110 Arnold, 2006 May 22) | |
1111 - 'threglookexp' option: only match with first word in thesaurus file. | |
1112 (Jakson A. Aquino, 2006 Jun 14) | |
1113 - Mac: indicate whether a buffer was modified. (Nicolas Weber, 2006 Jun 30) | |
1114 - Allow negative 'nrwidth' for left aligning. (Nathan Laredo, 2006 Aug 16) | |
1115 - ml_append_string(): efficiently append to an existing line. (Brad | |
1116 Beveridge, 2006 Aug 26) Use in some situations, e.g., when pasting a | |
1117 character at a time? | |
1118 - recognize hex numbers better. (Mark Manning, 2006 Sep 13) | |
1698 | 1119 - Add <AbbrExpand> key, to expand an abbreviation in a mapping. (Kana |
1120 Natsuno, 2008 Jul 17) | |
1121 - Add 'wspara' option, also accept blank lines like empty lines for "{" and | |
1122 "}". (Mark Lundquist, 2008 Jul 18) | |
1123 - Patch to add CTRL-T to delete part of a path on cmdline. (Adek, 2008 Jul | |
1124 21) | |
1125 - Instead of creating a copy of the tutor in all the shell scripts, do it in | |
1126 vimtutor.vim. (Jan Minar, 2008 Jul 20) | |
1127 - When fsync() fails there is no hint about what went wrong. Patch by Ben | |
1128 Schmidt, 2008 Jul 22. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1129 - testdir/Make_dos_sh.mak for running tests with MingW. (Bill Mccarthy, 2008 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1130 Sep 13) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1131 - Patch for adding "space" item in 'listchars'. (Jérémie Roquet, 2009 Oct 29, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1132 Docs patch Oct 30) |
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1133 - Patch for supporting #rrggbb in color terminals. (Matt Wozniski) |
2324
0a258a67051d
In Visual mode with 'showcmd' display the number of bytes and characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2320
diff
changeset
|
1134 Where is a recent version of this patch? Or use CSApprox plugin? |
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1135 - Replace ccomplete.vim by cppcomplete.vim from www.vim.org? script 1520 by |
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1136 Vissale Neang. (Martin Stubenschrott) Asked Vissale to make the scripts |
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1137 more friendly for the Vim distribution. |
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1138 New version received 2008 Jan 6. |
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1139 No maintenance in two years... |
2325
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
1140 6 In the quickfix window statusline add the command used to get the list of |
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
1141 errors, e.g. ":make foo", ":grep something *.c". |
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
1142 Patch by Lech Lorens, 2009 Apri 17. |
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
1143 Comments from Andreas Bernauer 24th, Dominique Pelle 24th |
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
1144 Docs patch by Dominique Pelle, Mar 25 |
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
1145 Can we put the strings in a window-local variable? |
2343
0703d2fd5749
Last few changes for the 7.3a BETA release.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2342
diff
changeset
|
1146 - Patch to access screen under Python. (Marko Mahni, 2010 Jul 18) |
1125 | 1147 |
857 | 1148 |
40 | 1149 Awaiting updated patches: |
842 | 1150 9 Mac unicode patch (Da Woon Jung, Eckehard Berns): |
1151 8 Add patch from Muraoka Taro (Mar 16) to support input method on Mac? | |
1152 New patch 2004 Jun 16 | |
1153 - selecting proportional font breaks display | |
1154 - UTF-8 text causes display problems. Font replacement causes this. | |
1155 - Command-key mappings do not work. (Alan Schmitt) | |
1156 - With 'nopaste' pasting is wrong, with 'paste' Command-V doesn't work. | |
1157 (Alan Schmitt) | |
1158 - remove 'macatsui' option when this has been fixed. | |
1125 | 1159 - when 'macatsui' is off should we always convert to "macroman" and ignore |
1160 'termencoding'? | |
800 | 1161 9 HTML indenting can be slow. Caused by using searchpair(). Can search() |
1624 | 1162 be used instead? A.Politz is looking into a solution. |
844 | 1163 8 Win32: Add minidump generation. (George Reilly, 2006 Apr 24) |
713 | 1164 8 Add ":n" to fnamemodify(): normalize path, remove "../" when possible. |
856 | 1165 Aric Blumer has a patch for this. He will update the patch for 6.3. |
713 | 1166 7 Completion of network shares, patch by Yasuhiro Matsumoto. |
1167 Update 2004 Sep 6. | |
1168 How does this work? Missing comments. | |
1169 - Patch for 'breakindent' option: repeat indent for wrapped line. (Vaclav | |
1624 | 1170 Smilauer, 2004 Sep 13, fix Oct 31, update 2007 May 30) |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1171 Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23 |
713 | 1172 8 Add a few more command names to the menus. Patch from Jiri Brezina |
832 | 1173 (28 feb 2002). Will mess the translations... |
713 | 1174 7 ATTENTION dialog choices are more logical when "Delete it' appears |
1175 before "Quit". Patch by Robert Webb, 2004 May 3. | |
1176 - Include flipcase patch: ~/vim/patches/wall.flipcase2 ? Make it work | |
1177 for multi-byte characters. | |
1178 - Win32: add options to print dialog. Patch from Vipin Aravind. | |
1179 - Patch to add highlighting for whitespace. (Tom Schumm, 2003 Jul 5) | |
1180 use the patch that keeps using HLF_8 if HLF_WS has not | |
1181 been given values. | |
1182 Add section in help files for these highlight groups? | |
1183 8 "fg" and "bg" don't work in an xterm. Get default colors from xterm | |
827 | 1184 with an ESC sequence. |
1185 xterm can send colors for many things. E.g. for the cursor: | |
1186 <Esc>]12;?<Bel> | |
1187 Can use this to get the background color and restore the colors on exit. | |
713 | 1188 7 Add "DefaultFG" and "DefaultBG" for the colors of the menu. (Marcin |
1189 Dalecki has a patch for Motif and Carbon) | |
1190 - Add possibility to highlight specific columns (for Fortran). Or put a | |
1191 line in between columns (e.g., for 'textwidth'). | |
1192 Patch to add 'hlcolumn' from Vit Stradal, 2004 May 20. | |
1193 8 Add functions: | |
1194 gettext() Translate a message. (Patch from Yasuhiro Matsumoto) | |
40 | 1195 Update 2004 Sep 10 |
557 | 1196 Another patch from Edward L. Fox (2005 Nov 24) |
1197 Search in 'runtimepath'? | |
832 | 1198 More docs needed about how to use this. |
40 | 1199 How to get the messages into the .po files? |
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2330
diff
changeset
|
1200 strchars() Like strlen() and strwidth() but counting characters |
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2330
diff
changeset
|
1201 instead of bytes. |
713 | 1202 confirm() add "flags" argument, with 'v' for vertical |
1203 layout and 'c' for console dialog. (Haegg) | |
1204 Flemming Madsen has a patch for the 'c' flag | |
1205 (2003 May 13) | |
1206 raisewin() raise gvim window (see HierAssist patch for | |
1207 Tcl implementation ~/vim/HierAssist/ ) | |
1125 | 1208 taglist() add argument to specify maximum number of matches. |
1209 useful for interactive things or completion. | |
1624 | 1210 col('^') column of first non-white character. |
1211 Can use "len(substitute(getline('.'), '\S.*', '', '')) | |
1212 + 1", but that's ugly. | |
713 | 1213 7 Add patch from Benoit Cerrina to integrate Vim and Perl functions |
1214 better. Now also works for Ruby (2001 Nov 10) | |
1215 - Patch from Herculano de Lima Einloft Neto for better formatting of the | |
1216 quickfix window (2004 dec 2) | |
1217 7 When 'rightleft' is set, the search pattern should be displayed right | |
1218 to left as well? See patch of Dec 26. (Nadim Shaikli) | |
832 | 1219 8 Option to lock all used memory so that it doesn't get swapped to disk |
1220 (uncrypted). Patch by Jason Holt, 2003 May 23. Uses mlock. | |
713 | 1221 7 Add ! register, for shell commands. (patch from Grenie) |
1222 8 In the gzip plugin, also recognize *.gz.orig, *.gz.bak, etc. Like it's | |
1223 done for filetype detection. Patch from Walter Briscoe, 2003 Jul 1. | |
1224 7 Add a "-@ filelist" argument: read file names from a file. (David | |
1225 Kotchan has a patch for it) | |
1226 8 Include a connection to an external program through a pipe? See | |
1227 patches from Felbinger for a mathematica interface. | |
1228 Or use emacs server kind of thing? | |
1229 7 Add ":justify" command. Patch from Vit Stradal 2002 Nov 25. | |
1230 - findmatch() should be adjusted for Lisp. See remark at | |
1231 get_lisp_indent(). Esp. \( and \) should be skipped. (Dorai Sitaram, | |
1232 incomplete patch Mar 18) | |
1233 - For GUI Find/Replace dialog support using a regexp. Patch for Motif | |
1234 and GTK by degreneir (nov 10 and nov 18). | |
1235 - Patch for "paranoid mode" by Kevin Collins, March 7. Needs much more work. | |
70 | 1236 |
1237 | |
7 | 1238 Vi incompatibility: |
713 | 1239 - Try new POSIX tests, made after my comments. (Geoff Clare, 2005 April 7) |
1240 Version 1.5 is in ~/src/posix/1.5. (Lynne Canal) | |
7 | 1241 8 With undo/redo only marks in the changed lines should be changed. Other |
1242 marks should be kept. Vi keeps each mark at the same text, even when it | |
1243 is deleted or restored. (Webb) | |
1244 Also: A mark is lost after: make change, undo, redo and undo. | |
1245 Example: "{d''" then "u" then "d''": deletes an extra line, because the '' | |
1246 position is one line down. (Veselinovic) | |
1247 8 When stdin is not a tty, and Vim reads commands from it, an error should | |
1248 make Vim exit. | |
1249 7 Unix Vim (not gvim): Typing CTRL-C in Ex mode should finish the line | |
1250 (currently you can continue typing, but it's truncated later anyway). | |
1251 Requires a way to make CTRL-C interrupt select() when in cooked input. | |
1252 8 When loading a file in the .exrc, Vi loads the argument anyway. Vim skips | |
1253 loading the argument if there is a file already. When no file argument | |
1254 given, Vi starts with an empty buffer, Vim keeps the loaded file. (Bearded) | |
1255 6 In Insert mode, when using <BS> or <Del>, don't wipe out the text, but | |
1256 only move back the cursor. Behaves like '$' in 'cpoptions'. Use a flag | |
1257 in 'cpoptions' to switch this on/off. | |
1258 8 When editing a file which is a symbolic link, and then opening another | |
1259 symbolic link on the same file, Vim uses the name of the first one. | |
1260 Adjust the file name in the buffer to the last one used? Use several file | |
1261 names in one buffer??? | |
1262 Also: When first editing file "test", which is symlink to "test2", and | |
1263 then editing "test2", you end up editing buffer "test" again. It's not | |
1264 logical that the name that was first used sticks with the buffer. | |
1265 7 The ":undo" command works differently in Ex mode. Edit a file, make some | |
1266 changes, "Q", "undo" and _all_ changes are undone, like the ":visual" | |
1267 command was one command. | |
321 | 1268 On the other hand, an ":undo" command in an Ex script only undoes the last |
1269 change (e.g., use two :append commands, then :undo). | |
7 | 1270 7 The ":map" command output overwrites the command. Perhaps it should keep |
1271 the ":map" when it's used without arguments? | |
1272 7 CTRL-L is not the end of a section? It is for Posix! Make it an option. | |
1273 7 Implement 'prompt' option. Init to off when stdin is not a tty. | |
1274 7 CTRL-T in Insert mode inserts 'shiftwidth' of spaces at the cursor. Add a | |
1275 flag in 'cpoptions' for this. | |
1276 7 Add a way to send an email for a crashed edit session. Create a file when | |
1277 making changes (containing name of the swap file), delete it when writing | |
1278 the file. Supply a program that can check for crashed sessions (either | |
1279 all, for a system startup, or for one user, for in a .login file). | |
1280 7 Vi doesn't do autoindenting when input is not from a tty (in Ex mode). | |
1281 7 "z3<CR>" should still use the whole window, but only redisplay 3 lines. | |
1282 7 ":tag xx" should move the cursor to the first non-blank. Or should it go | |
1283 to the match with the tag? Option? | |
1284 7 Implement 'autoprint'/'ap' option. | |
1285 7 Add flag in 'cpoptions' that makes <BS> after a count work like <Del> | |
1286 (Sayre). | |
1287 7 Add flag in 'cpoptions' that makes operator (yank, filter) not move the | |
1288 cursor, at least when cancelled. (default Vi compatible). | |
1289 7 This Vi-trick doesn't work: "Q" to go to Ex mode, then "g/pattern/visual". | |
1290 In Vi you can edit in visual mode, and when doing "Q" you jump to the next | |
1291 match. Nvi can do it too. | |
1292 7 Support '\' for line continuation in Ex mode for these commands: (Luebking) | |
1293 g/./a\ g/pattern1/ s/pattern2/rep1\\ | |
1294 line 1\ line 2\\ | |
1295 line 2\ line 3\\ | |
1296 . line4/ | |
1297 6 ":e /tmp/$tty" doesn't work. ":e $uid" does. Is $tty not set because of | |
1298 the way the shell is started? | |
1299 6 Vi compatibility (optional): make "ia<CR><ESC>10." do the same strange | |
1300 thing. (only repeat insert for the first line). | |
1301 | |
1302 | |
1303 GTK+ GUI known bugs: | |
713 | 1304 9 Crash with X command server over ssh. (Ciaran McCreesh, 2006 Feb 6) |
7 | 1305 8 GTK 2: Combining UTF-8 characters not displayed properly in menus (Mikolaj |
1306 Machowski) They are displayed as separate characters. Problem in | |
1307 creating a label? | |
497 | 1308 8 GTK 2: Combining UTF-8 characters are sometimes not drawn properly. |
1309 Depends on the font size, "monospace 13" has the problem. Vim seems to do | |
1310 everything right, must be a GTK bug. Is there a way to work around it? | |
7 | 1311 9 Can't paste a Visual selection from GTK-gvim to vim in xterm or Motif gvim |
1312 when it is longer than 4000 characters. Works OK from gvim to gvim and | |
1313 vim to vim. Pasting through xterm (using the shift key) also works. | |
1314 It starts working after GTK gvim loses the selection and gains it again. | |
795 | 1315 - Gnome2: When moving the toolbar out of the dock, so that it becomes |
1316 floating, it can no longer be moved. Therefore making it float has been | |
1317 blocked for now. | |
1318 | |
7 | 1319 |
1320 Win32 GUI known bugs: | |
713 | 1321 - Win32: tearoff menu window should have a scrollbar when it's taller than |
1322 the screen. | |
1125 | 1323 8 non-ASCII font names don't work. Need to convert from 'encoding' and use |
1324 the wide functions. | |
7 | 1325 8 On Windows 98 the unicows library is needed to support functions with UCS2 |
1326 file names. Can we load unicows.dll dynamically? | |
874 | 1327 8 When the primary monitor is below or right of the secondary monitor and |
1328 Vim is on the secondary monitor it will often move to the primary monitor. | |
1329 Window position coordinates can be negative. (James Harvey) | |
7 | 1330 8 The -P argument doesn't work very well with many MDI applications. |
1331 The last argument of CreateWindowEx() should be used, see MSDN docs. | |
1332 Tutorial: http://win32assembly.online.fr/tut32.html | |
1333 8 In eval.c, io.h is included when MSWIN32 is defined. Shouldn't this be | |
1334 WIN32? Or can including io.h be moved to vim.h? (Dan Sharp) | |
1335 7 Windows XP: When using "ClearType" for text smoothing, a column of yellow | |
1336 pixels remains when typing spaces in front of a "D" ('guifont' set to | |
1337 "lucida_console:h8"). | |
1338 6 Win32 GUI: With "-u NONE -U NONE" and doing "CTRL-W v" "CTRL-W o", the ":" | |
1339 of ":only" is highlighted like the cursor. (Lipelis) | |
22 | 1340 8 When 'encoding' is "utf-8", should use 'guifont' for both normal and wide |
1341 characters to make Asian languages work. Win32 fonts contain both | |
1342 type of characters. | |
7 | 1343 7 When font smoothing is enabled, redrawing can become very slow. The reason |
1344 appears to be drawing with a transparent background. Would it be possible | |
1345 to use an opaque background in most places? | |
1346 8 Use another default for 'termencoding': the active codepage. Means that | |
1347 when 'encoding' is changed typing characters still works properly. | |
1348 Alternative: use the Unicode functions to obtain typed characters. | |
1349 8 Win32: Multi-byte characters are not displayed, even though the same font | |
1350 in Notepad can display them. (Srinath Avadhanula) Try with the | |
1351 UTF-8-demo.txt page with Andale Mono. | |
1352 7 The cursor color indicating IME mode doesn't work properly. (Shizhu Pan, | |
1353 2004 May 9) | |
1354 8 Win32: When clicking on the gvim title bar, which gives it focus, produces | |
1355 a file-changed dialog, after clicking on a button in that dialog the gvim | |
1356 window follows the mouse. The button-up event is lost. Only with | |
1357 MS-Windows 98? | |
1358 Try this: ":set sw ts", get enter-prompt, then change the file in a | |
1359 console, go back to Vim and click "reload" in the dialog for the changed | |
1360 file: Window moves with the cursor! | |
1361 Put focus event in input buffer and let generic Vim code handle it? | |
1362 8 Win32: When mouse is hidden and in the toolbar, moving it won't make it | |
1363 appear. (Sami Salonen) | |
1364 8 Win32 GUI: With maximized window, ":set go-=r" doesn't use the space that | |
1365 comes available. (Poucet) It works OK on Win 98 but doesn't work on Win | |
1366 NT 4.0. Leaves a grey area where the scrollbar was. ":set go+=r" also | |
1367 doesn't work properly. | |
1368 8 When Vim is minimized and when maximizing it a file-changed dialog pops | |
1369 up, Vim isn't maximized. It should be done before the dialog, so that it | |
1370 appears in the right position. (Webb) | |
1371 9 When selecting at the more-prompt or hit-enter-prompt, the right mouse | |
1372 button doesn't give popup menu. | |
1373 At the hit-enter prompt CTRL-Y doesn't work to copy the modeless | |
1374 selection. | |
1375 On the command line, don't get a popup menu for the right mouse button. | |
1376 Let the middle button paste selected text (not the clipboard but the | |
1377 non-Visual selection)? Otherwise CTRL-Y has to be used to copy the text. | |
1378 8 When 'grepprg' doesn't execute, the error only flashes by, the | |
1379 user can hardly see what is wrong. (Moore) | |
1380 Could use vimrun with an "-nowait" argument to only wait when an error | |
1381 occurs, but "command.com" doesn't return an error code. | |
1382 8 When the 'shell' cannot be executed, should give an appropriate error msg. | |
1383 Esp. for a filter command, currently it only complains the file could not | |
1384 be read. | |
1385 7 Add an option to add one pixel column to the character width? Lucida | |
1386 Console italic is wider than the normal font ("d" overlaps with next char). | |
1387 Opposite of 'linespace': 'columnspace'. | |
1388 7 At the hit-enter prompt scrolling now no longer works. Need to use the | |
1389 keyboard to get around this. Pretend <CR> was hit when the user tries to | |
533 | 1390 scroll? |
7 | 1391 7 Scrollbar width doesn't change when selecting other windows appearance. |
1392 Also background color of Toolbar and rectangle below vert. scrollbar. | |
1393 7 "!start /min cmd" should run in a minimized window, instead of using | |
1394 "/min" as the command name. (Rogall) | |
1395 6 Drawing text transparently doesn't seem to work (when drawing part cursor). | |
1396 8 CTRL key doesn't always work in combination with ALT key. It does work | |
1397 for function keys, not for alphabetic characters. Perhaps this is because | |
1398 CTRL-ALT is used by Windows as AltGr? | |
1399 8 CTRL-- doesn't work for AZERTY, because it's CTRL-[ for QWERTY. How do we | |
1400 know which keyboard is being used? | |
1401 7 When scrolling, and a background color is dithered, the dither pattern | |
1402 doesn't always join correctly between the scrolled area and the new drawn | |
1403 area (Koloseike). | |
1404 8 When gui_init_font() is called with "*", p_guifont is freed while it might | |
1405 still be used somewhere. This is too tricky, do the font selection first, | |
1406 then set the new font by name (requires putting all logfont parameters in | |
1407 the font name). | |
1408 | |
1409 | |
1410 Athena and Motif: | |
169 | 1411 6 New Motif toolbar button from Marcin Dalecki: |
1412 - When the mouse pointer is over an Agide button the red becomes black. | |
1413 Something with the way colors are specified in the .xpm file. | |
1414 - The pixmap is two pixels smaller than it should be. The gap is filled | |
1415 with grey instead of the current toolbar background color. | |
7 | 1416 9 Can configure be changed to disable netbeans if the Xpm library is |
1417 required and it's missing? | |
1418 8 When using the resource "Vim*borderwidth 2" the widgets are positioned | |
1419 wrong. | |
1420 9 XIM is disabled by default for SGI/IRIX. Fix XIM so that 'imdisable' can | |
1421 be off by default. | |
237 | 1422 9 XIM doesn't work properly for Athena/Motif. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) For now, |
7 | 1423 keep XIM active at all times when the input method has the preediting |
1424 flag. | |
1425 8 X11: A menu that contains an umlaut is truncated at that character. | |
1426 Happens when the locale is "C", which uses ASCII instead of IS0-8859-1. | |
1427 Is there a way to use latin1 by default? Gnome_init() seems to do this. | |
1428 8 Perhaps use fontsets for everything? | |
1429 6 When starting in English and switching the language to Japanese, setting | |
1430 the locale with ":lang", 'guifontset' and "hi menu font=", deleting all | |
1431 menus and setting them again, the menus don't use the new font. Most of | |
1432 the tooltips work though... | |
1433 7 Motif: when using a file selection dialog, the specified file name is not | |
1434 always used (when specifying a filter or another directory). | |
1435 8 When 'encoding' is different from the current locale (e.g., utf-8) the | |
1436 menu strings don't work. Requires conversion from 'encoding' to the | |
1437 current locale. Workaround: set 'langmenu'. | |
1438 | |
1439 | |
1440 Athena GUI: | |
1441 9 When dragging the scrollbar thumb very fast, focus is only obtained in | |
1442 the scrollbar itself. And the thumb is no longer updated when moving | |
1443 through files. | |
1444 7 The file selector is not resizable. With a big font it is difficult to | |
1445 read long file names. (Schroeder) | |
1446 4 Re-write the widget attachments and code so that we will not have to go | |
1447 through and calculate the absolute position of every widget every time the | |
1448 window is refreshed/changes size. This will help the "flashing-widgets" | |
1449 problem during a refresh. | |
1450 5 When starting gvim with all the default colors and then typing | |
1451 ":hi Menu guibg=cyan", the menus change color but the background of the | |
1452 pullright pixmap doesn't change colors. | |
1453 If you type ":hi Menu guibg=cyan font=anyfont", then the pixmap changes | |
1454 colors as it should. | |
1455 Allocating a new pixmap and setting the resource doesn't change the | |
1456 pullright pixmap's colors. Why? Possible Athena bug? | |
1457 | |
1458 | |
1459 Motif GUI: | |
713 | 1460 - gui_mch_browsedir() is missing. |
7 | 1461 7 Use XmStringCreateLocalized() instead of XmStringCreateSimple()? |
1462 David Harrison says it's OK (it exists in Motif 1.2). | |
1463 8 Lesstif: When deleting a menu that's torn off, the torn off menu becomes | |
1464 very small instead of disappearing. When closing it, Vim crashes. | |
1465 (Phillipps) | |
1466 | |
1467 | |
1468 GUI: | |
1469 9 On Solaris, creating the popup menu causes the right mouse button no | |
1470 longer to work for extending the selection. (Halevy) | |
1471 9 When running an external program, it can't always be killed with CTRL-C. | |
387 | 1472 e.g., on Solaris 5.5, when using "K" (Keech). Other 'guipty' problems on |
7 | 1473 Solaris 2.6. (Marley) |
1474 9 On Solaris: Using a "-geometry" argument, bigger than the window where Vim | |
1475 is started from, causes empty lines below the cmdline. (raf) | |
1476 8 X11 GUI: When menu is disabled by excluding 'm' from 'guioptions', ALT key | |
1477 should not be used to trigger a menu (like the Win32 version). | |
1478 8 When setting 'langmenu', it should be effective immediately. Store both | |
1479 the English and the translated text in the menu structure. Re-generate | |
1480 the translation when 'langmenu' has changed. | |
1481 8 Basic flaw in the GUI code: NextScreen is updated before calling | |
1482 gui_write(), but the GUI code relies on NextScreen to represent the state | |
1483 of where it is processing the output. | |
1484 Need better separation of Vim core and GUI code. | |
1485 8 When fontset support is enabled, setting 'guifont' to a single font | |
1486 doesn't work. | |
1487 8 Menu priority for sub-menus for: Amiga, BeOS. | |
720 | 1488 8 When translating menus ignore the part after the Tab, the shortcut. So |
1489 that the same menu item with a different shortcut (e.g., for the Mac) are | |
1490 still translated. | |
7 | 1491 8 Add menu separators for Amiga, RISCOS. |
1492 8 Add way to specify the file filter for the browse dialog. At least for | |
1493 browse(). | |
1494 8 Add dialog for search/replace to other GUIs? Tk has something for this, | |
1495 use that code? Or use console dialog. | |
1496 8 When selecting a font with the font dialog and the font is invalid, the | |
1497 error message disappears too quick. | |
169 | 1498 7 More features in the find/replace dialog: |
1499 - regexp on/off | |
1500 - search in selection/buffer/all buffers/directory | |
1501 when all buffers/directory is used: | |
1502 - filter for file name | |
1503 when directory is used: | |
1504 - subdirectory on/off | |
1505 - top directory browser | |
7 | 1506 8 gui_check_colors() is not called at the right moment. Do it much later, |
1507 to avoid problems. | |
1508 8 gui_update_cursor() is called for a cursor shape change, even when there | |
1509 are mappings to be processed. Only do something when going to wait for | |
1510 input. Or maybe every 100 ms? | |
1511 8 X11: When the window size is reduced to fit on screen, there are blank | |
1512 lines below the text and bottom scrollbar. "gvim -geometry 80x78+0+0". | |
1513 When the "+0+0" is omitted it works. | |
1514 8 When starting an external command, and 'guipty' set, BS and DEL are mixed | |
1515 up. Set erase character somehow? | |
1516 8 A dead circumflex followed by a space should give the '^' character | |
1517 (Rommel). Look how xterm does this. | |
1518 Also: Bednar has some code for dead key handling. | |
1519 Also: Nedit 5.0.2 with USE_XMIM does it right. (Gaya) | |
1520 8 The compose key doesn't work properly (Cepas). Both for Win32 and X11. | |
1521 7 The cursor in an inactive window should be hollow. Currently it's not | |
1522 visible. | |
1523 7 GUI on Solaris 2.5.1, using /usr/dt/..: When gvim starts, cursor is | |
1524 hollow, after window lowered/raised it's OK. (Godfrey) | |
1525 7 When starting GUI with ":gui", and window is made smaller because it | |
1526 doesn't fit on the screen, there is an extra redraw. | |
1527 8 When setting font with .Xdefaults, there is an extra empty line at the | |
1528 bottom, which disappears when using ":set guifont=<Tab>". (Chadzelek) | |
1529 8 When font shape changes, but not the size, doing ":set font=" does not | |
1530 redraw the screen with the new font. Also for Win32. | |
1531 When the size changes, on Solaris 2.5 there isn't a redraw for the | |
1532 remaining part of the window (Phillipps). | |
1533 - Flashes really badly in certain cases when running remotely from a Sun. | |
1534 4 Re-write the code so that the highlighting isn't changed multiple times | |
1535 when doing a ":hi clear". The color changes happen three or more times | |
1536 currently. This is very obvious on a 66Mhz 486. | |
1537 | |
1538 | |
1539 MSDOS/DJGPP: | |
1540 9 Pressing CTRL-C often crashes the console Vim runs in. (Ken Liao) | |
1541 When 'bioskey' isn't set it doesn't happen. Could be a problem with the | |
1542 BIOS emulation of the console. Version 5.6 already had this problem. | |
1543 8 DJGPP: "cd c:" can take us to a directory that no longer exists. | |
1544 change_drive() doesn't check this. How to check for this error? | |
1545 9 The 16 bit version runs out of memory very quickly. Should find unused | |
818 | 1546 code and reduce static data. Resetting 'writebackup' helps to be able to |
1547 write a file. | |
7 | 1548 9 Crash when running on Windows 98 in a console window and pressing CTRL-C. |
1549 Happens now and then. When debugging Vim in gdb this also happens. Since | |
1550 the console crashes, might be a bug in the DOS console. Resetting | |
1551 'bioskey' avoids it, but then CTRL-C doesn't work. | |
1552 9 DOS: Make CTRL-Fx and ALT-Fx work. | |
1553 CTRL-F1 = CE-5E, CTRL-F2 = CE-5F, .., CTRL-F10 = CE-67 | |
1554 ALT-F1 = CE-68, ALT-F2 = CE-69, .., ALT-F10 = CE-71 | |
1555 Shifted cursor keys produce same codes as unshifted keys. Use bioskey(2) | |
1556 to get modifier mask for <S-C-M-Fx>. | |
1557 Use K_SPECIAL/KS_MODIFIER codes to insert modifier mask in input stream? | |
1558 Make this work like in Win32 console. | |
1559 Mapping things like <M-A> doesn't work, because it generates an extended | |
1560 key code. Use a translation table? | |
1561 9 Can't read an opened swap file when the "share" command has not been used. | |
1562 At least ignore the swap files that Vim has opened itself. | |
1563 8 Use DJGPP 2.03. | |
1564 8 The Dos32 version (DJGPP) can't use long file names on Windows NT. | |
1565 Check if new package can be used (v2misc/ntlfn08[bs].zip). | |
1566 8 setlocale() is bogus. | |
1567 8 Vim busy waits for new characters or mouse clicks. Should put in some | |
1568 sort of sleep, to avoid eating 50% of the CPU time. Test on an unpatched | |
1569 Windows 95 system! | |
1570 8 DJGPP: when shell is bash, make fails. (Donahoe) | |
387 | 1571 7 Hitting CTRL-P twice quickly (e.g., in keyword completion) on a 8088 |
7 | 1572 machine, starts printer echo! (John Mullin). |
1573 7 MSDOS 16 bit version can't work with COMSPEC that has an argument, e.g.: | |
1574 COMSPEC=C:\WINDOWS\COMMAND.COM /E:4096 (Bradley) | |
1575 Caused by BCC system() function (Borland "make" has the same problem). | |
1576 8 Mouse: handle left&right button pressed as middle button pressed. Add | |
1577 modifier keys shift, ctrl and alt. | |
1578 7 When too many files are open (depends on FILES), strange things happen. | |
1579 The Dos16 version runs out of memory, in the Dos32 version "!ls" causes a | |
1580 crash. Another symptom: .swp files are not deleted, existing files are | |
1581 "[New file]". | |
1582 7 DJGPP version doesn't work with graphics display mode. Switch to a mode | |
1583 that is supported? | |
1584 8 DJGPP: ":mode" doesn't work for many modes. Disable them. | |
1585 8 DJGPP: When starting in Ex mode, shouldn't clear the screen. (Walter | |
1586 Briscoe) | |
1587 | |
1588 | |
1589 MSDOS, OS/2 and Win32: | |
1590 8 OS/2: Add backtick expansion. Undefine NO_EXPANDPATH and use | |
1591 gen_expand_wildcards(). | |
1592 8 OS/2: Add clipboard support? See example clipbrd.exe from Alexander | |
1593 Wagner. | |
1594 8 OS/2: Add Extended Attributes support and define HAVE_ACL. | |
1595 8 OS/2: When editing a file name "foo.txt" that is actually called FOO.txt, | |
1596 writing uses "foo.txt". Should obtain the real file name. | |
557 | 1597 8 Should $USERPROFILE be preferred above $HOMEDRIVE/$HOMEPATH? No, but it's |
1598 a good fallback, thus use: | |
1599 $HOME | |
1600 $HOMEDRIVE$HOMEPATH | |
1601 SHGetSpecialFolderPath(NULL, lpzsPath, CSIDL_APPDATA, FALSE); | |
1602 $USERPROFILE | |
1603 SHGetSpecialFolderPath(NULL, lpzsPath, CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA, FALSE); | |
1604 $ALLUSERSPROFILE | |
1605 $SYSTEMDRIVE\ | |
1606 C:\ | |
7 | 1607 8 Win32 console: <M-Up> and <M-Down> don't work. (Geddes) We don't have |
1608 special keys for these. Should use modifier + key. | |
1609 8 Win32 console: caps-lock makes non-alpha keys work like with shift. | |
1610 Should work like in the GUI version. | |
1611 8 Environment variables in DOS are not case sensitive. Make a define for | |
1612 STRCMP_ENV(), and use it when comparing environment var names. | |
1613 8 Setting 'shellslash' has no immediate effect. Change all file names when | |
1614 it is set/reset? Or only use it when actually executing a shell command? | |
1615 8 When editing a file on a Samba server, case might matter. ":e file" | |
1616 followed by ":e FILE" will edit "file" again, even though "FILE" might be | |
1617 another one. Set last used name in buflist_new()? Fix do_ecmd(), etc. | |
1618 8 When a buffer is editing a file like "ftp://mach/file", which is not going | |
1619 to be used like a normal file name, don't change the slashes to | |
1620 backslashes. (Ronald Hoellwarth) | |
1621 | |
1622 | |
1623 Windows 95: | |
2207
b17bbfa96fa0
Add the settabvar() and gettabvar() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2206
diff
changeset
|
1624 8 Editing a file by its short file name and writing it, makes the long file |
7 | 1625 name disappear. Setting 'backupcopy' helps. |
1626 Use FindFirstFile()->cAlternateFileName in fname_case() (George Reilly). | |
1627 8 Doing wildcard expansion, will match the short filename, but result in the | |
1628 long filename (both DJGPP and Win32). | |
1629 | |
1630 | |
1631 Win32 console: | |
1632 9 When editing a file by its short file name, it should be expanded into its | |
1633 long file name, to avoid problems like these: (Mccollister) | |
1634 1) Create a file called ".bashrc" using some other editor. | |
1635 2) Drag that file onto a shortcut or the actual executable. | |
1636 3) Note that the file name is something like BASHRC~1 | |
1637 4) Go to File->Save As menu item and type ".bashrc" as the file name. | |
1638 5) Press "Yes" to indicate that I want to overwrite the file. | |
1639 6) Note that the message "File exists (add ! to override)" is displayed | |
1640 and the file is not saved. | |
1641 Use FindFirstFile() to expand a file name and directory in the path to its | |
1642 long name. | |
1643 8 Also implement 'conskey' option for the Win32 console version? Look at | |
1644 how Xvi does console I/O under Windows NT. | |
1645 7 Re-install the use of $TERM and support the use of different terminals, | |
1646 besides the console. | |
1647 8 Use of <altgr> modifier doesn't work? 5.3 was OK. (Garcia-Suarez/Guckes) | |
1648 9 Mapping <C-S-Tab> doesn't work correctly. How to see the difference with | |
1649 <C-S-i>? | |
1650 9 tmpnam() uses file in root of file system: "\asdf". That doesn't work on | |
1651 a Netware network drive. Use same function as for Win32 GUI? | |
1652 8 In os_win32.h, HAVE_STRICMP and HAVE_STRNICMP are defined only if __GNUC__ | |
1653 is not defined. Shouldn't that be the other way around? | |
1654 7 Use SetConsoleCP() and SetConsoleOutputCP() to implement 'termencoding'? | |
1655 Avoids that input and output work differently. Need to be restored when | |
1656 exiting. | |
1657 | |
1658 | |
1659 Amiga: | |
1660 8 In mch_inchar() should use convert_input_safe() to handle incomplete byte | |
1661 sequences. | |
1662 9 In mch_expandpath() a "*" is to be expanded, but "\*" isn't. Remove | |
1663 backslashes in result. | |
1664 8 Executing a shell, only one option for 'shell' is separated. Should do | |
1665 all options, using white space separation. | |
1666 | |
1667 | |
1668 Macintosh: | |
713 | 1669 - GUI: gui_mch_browsedir() is missing. |
9 | 1670 7 Patch to add 'transparency' option. Disadvantage: it's slow. (Eckehard |
1671 Berns, 2004 May 9) http://ecki.to/vim/TransBack-2004-05-09.diff | |
1672 Needs more work. Add when someone really wants it. | |
7 | 1673 7 Loading the Perl library only works on OS/X 10.2 or 10.3, never on both. |
1674 Load the Perl library dynamically see Python sources file dynload_mac | |
1675 (Jack) | |
1676 dynamic linking: http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2002/tn2064.html | |
1677 8 Inputting Unicode characters does not work in the terminal. They appear | |
1678 to arrive as upper and lower bytes. (David Brown, 2004 April 17) | |
1679 8 Typing Unicode characters doesn't work at all in the GUI. | |
1125 | 1680 8 inputdialog() doesn't resize when giving more text lines. (David Fishburn, |
1681 2006 Sept 28) | |
7 | 1682 9 Problems in Carbon version for OS X: (Benji Fisher) |
1683 - keyboard shortcuts in the menus get lost. | |
1684 8 The Vim/About menu doesn't work. | |
1685 8 ":gui" doesn't fork. Enabling the code in gui.c to fork causes a SEGV. | |
1686 8 Define vim_mkdir() for Macintosh. | |
1687 8 Define mch_writable() for Macintosh. | |
1688 9 When DiskLock is running, using a swap file causes a crash. Appears to be | |
1689 a problem with writing a file that starts with a dot. (Giacalone) | |
1690 9 On G3 Mac, OS version 8, control strip causes characters messed up when | |
1691 scrolling (CTRL-L cleans it up). (Benji Fisher) | |
1692 9 On G3 Mac, OS version 8, variable-speed scrolling doesn't work, after two | |
1693 seconds of scrolling the screen freezes. (Benji Fisher) | |
1694 9 In mac_expandpath() check that handling of backslashes is done properly. | |
1695 8 Standard Mac shortcuts are missing. (Amerige) | |
1696 8 Handling of non-fixed width fonts is wrong. (Amerige) | |
1697 | |
1698 | |
1699 "Small" problems: | |
1624 | 1700 - Can't disable terminal flow control, to enable the use of CTRL-S and |
1701 CTRL-Q. Add an option for it? | |
1125 | 1702 - When using e_secure in do_one_cmd() mention the command being executed, |
1703 otherwise it's not clear where it comes from. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1704 - When the quickfix window is open and executing ":echo 'hello'" using the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1705 Command-line window, the text is immediately removed by the redrawing. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1706 (Michael Henry, 2008 Nov 1) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1707 Generic solution: When redrawing while there is a message on the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1708 cmdline, don't erase the display but draw over the existing text. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1709 Other solution, redraw after closing the cmdline window, before executing |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1710 the command. |
857 | 1711 9 For Turkish vim_tolower() and vim_toupper() also need to use utf_ |
1712 functions for characters below 0x80. (Sertacyildiz) | |
854 | 1713 9 When the last edited file is a help file, using '0 in a new Vim doesn't |
1668 | 1714 edit the file as a help file. 'filetype' is OK, but 'iskeyword' isn't, |
1715 file isn't readonly, etc. | |
7 | 1716 8 When an ":edit" is inside a try command and the ATTENTION prompt is used, |
1717 the :catch commands are always executed, also when the file is edited | |
1718 normally. Should reset did_emsg and undo side effects. Also make sure | |
16 | 1719 the ATTENTION message shows up. Servatius Brandt works on this. |
7 | 1720 8 ":g//" gives "Pattern not found error" with E486. Should not use the |
1721 error number, it's not a regular error message. | |
1722 7 Vimtutor leaves escape sequence in terminal. This is the xterm response to | |
1723 requesting the version number. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) | |
1724 8 When redirecting and using ":silent" the current column for displaying and | |
1725 redirection can be different. Use a separate variable to hold the column | |
1726 for redirection. | |
1727 7 The messages for "vim --help" and "vim --version" don't use | |
1728 'termencoding'. | |
1125 | 1729 - Could the hit-enter prompt be avoided when a message only overlaps the |
1730 'showcmd' area? Clear that area when the next cmd is typed. | |
7 | 1731 8 When 'scrollbind' is set, a window won't scroll horizontally if the cursor |
1732 line is too short. Add a word in 'scrollopt' to allow moving the cursor | |
1733 to longer line that is visible. A similar thing is done for the GUI when | |
1734 using the horizontal scrollbar. | |
1735 7 VisVim can only open one file. Hard to solve: each opened file is passed | |
1736 with a separate invocation, would need to use timestamps to know the | |
1737 invocations belong together. | |
1738 8 When giving a ":bwipeout" command a file-changed dialog may popup for this | |
1739 buffer, which is pointless. (Mike Williams) | |
1740 8 On MS-Windows ":make" doesn't show output while it is working. Use the | |
1741 tee.exe from http://unxutils.sourceforge.net/ ? About 16 Kbyte in the | |
1742 UnxUtils.zip archive. | |
1743 Alternate one: http://www.pramodx.20m.com/tee_for_win32.htm, but Walter | |
1744 Briscoe says it's not as good. | |
819 | 1745 8 "stl" and "stlnc" in 'fillchars' don't work for multi-byte characters. |
844 | 1746 8 When doing Insert mode completion a mapping cannot recursively call |
1747 edit(), because the completion information is global. Put everything in | |
1748 an allocated structure? | |
1125 | 1749 6 Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack) |
7 | 1750 8 Command line completion: buffers "foo.txt" and "../b/foo.txt", completing |
1751 ":buf foo<Tab>" doesn't find the second one. (George V. Reilly) | |
1752 7 Output for ":scriptnames" and ":breaklist" should shorten the file names: | |
1753 use "~/" when possible. | |
1754 7 mb_off2cells() doesn't work correctly on the tail byte of a double-byte | |
1755 character. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) It should return 1 when used on a tail | |
1756 byte, like for utf-8. Store second byte of double-byte in ScreenLines2[] | |
1757 (like for DBCS_JPNU) and put a zero in the second byte (like for UTF-8). | |
1758 8 'backupdir' and 'directory' should use $TMPDIR, $TMP and/or $TEMP when | |
1759 defined. | |
1760 7 Inside a function with "perl <<EOF" a line with "$i++" is recognized as an | |
1761 ":insert" command, causing the following "endfunction" not to be found. | |
1762 Add skipping this perl construction inside function definitions. | |
1763 7 When 'ttimeoutlen' is 10 and 'timeoutlen' is 1000, there is a keycode | |
1764 "<Esc>a" and a mapping <Esc>x", when typing "<Esc>a" with half a second | |
1765 delay should not be interpreted as a keycode. (Hans Ginzel) | |
1766 7 ":botright 1 new" twice causes all window heights to be changed. Make the | |
1767 bottom window only bigger as much as needed. | |
1768 7 The Cygwin and MingW makefiles define "PC", but it's not used anywhere. | |
1769 Remove? (Dan Sharp) | |
1770 9 User commands use the context of the script they were defined in. This | |
1771 causes a "s:var" argument to unexpectedly use a variable in the defining | |
1772 script, not the calling script. Add an argument to ":command": | |
1773 "-keepcontext". Do replace <SID>, so that a function in the defining | |
1774 script can be called. | |
1775 8 The Japanese message translations for MS-Windows are called ja.sjis.po, | |
1776 but they use encoding cp932. Rename the file and check that it still | |
1777 works. | |
1778 8 A very long message in confirm() can't be quit. Make this possible with | |
1779 CTRL-C. | |
1780 7 clip_x11_own_selection() uses CurrentTime, that is not allowed. VNC X | |
1781 server has a problem with this. (Mark Waggoner) Remembering the timestamp | |
1782 of events isn't always possible. We don't get them in an xterm. GTK | |
1783 doesn't obtain the selection again when the timestamp differs, thus it | |
1784 won't work for GTK anyway. | |
1785 8 When the clipboard isn't supported: ":yank*" gives a confusing error | |
1786 message. Specifically mention that the register name is invalid. | |
237 | 1787 8 "gf" always excludes trailing punctuation characters. file_name_in_line() |
7 | 1788 is currently fixed to use ".,:;!". Add an option to make this |
1789 configurable? | |
1790 8 'hkmap' should probably be global-local. | |
1791 9 When "$" is in 'cpoptions' and folding is active, a "C" command changes | |
1792 the folds and resets w_lines_valid. The display updating doesn't work | |
1793 then. (Pritesh Mistry) | |
1794 8 Using ":s" in a function changes the previous replacement string. Save | |
1795 "old_sub" in save_search_patterns()? | |
1125 | 1796 8 Should allow multi-byte characters for the delimiter: ":s+a+b+" where "+" |
1797 is a multi-byte character. | |
7 | 1798 8 When appending to a file and 'patchmode' isn't empty, a backup file is |
1799 always written, even when the original file already exists. | |
1800 7 When using "daw" on the last word in a file and this is a single letter, | |
1801 nothing is deleted. Should delete the letter and preceding white space. | |
1802 9 When getting focus while writing a large file, could warn for this file | |
1803 being changed outside of Vim. Avoid checking this while the file is being | |
1804 written. | |
1805 7 The message in bt_dontwrite_msg() could be clearer. | |
1806 8 The script ID that is stored with an option and displayed with ":verbose | |
1807 set" isn't reset when the option is set internally. For example when | |
1808 'foldlevel' is set from 'foldlevelstart'. | |
856 | 1809 8 Also store the line number with the script ID and use it for ":verbose", |
1810 so that "set nocompatible" is found when it changes other option values. | |
1125 | 1811 When an option is set indirectly mention the command? E.g. when |
1812 ":diffsplit" sets 'foldmethod'. | |
7 | 1813 8 In the fileformat dialog, "Cancel" isn't translated. Add a global |
1814 variable for this. (Eduardo Fernandez) | |
1815 9 When editing a file with 'readonly' set, there is no check for an existing | |
1816 swap file. Then using ":write" (without making any changes) doesn't give | |
1817 a warning either. Should check for an existing swap file without creating | |
1698 | 1818 one. Unfinished patch by Ian Kelling, 2008 July 14. |
7 | 1819 7 When 'showbreak' is set, the amount of space a Tab occupies changes. |
1820 Should work like 'showbreak' is inserted without changing the Tabs. | |
1821 7 When 'mousefocus' is set and switching to another window with a typed | |
1822 command, the mouse pointer may be moved to a part of the window that's | |
1823 covered by another window and we lose focus. Only move in the y | |
1824 direction, not horizontally? | |
1825 8 ":hardcopy": | |
1826 - Using the cterm_color[] table is wrong when t_colors is > 16. | |
1827 - Need to handle unprintable characters. | |
1828 - Win32: On a B&W printer syntax highlighting isn't visible. Perform | |
1829 dithering to make grey text? | |
1830 - Add a flag in 'printoptions' to add an empty page to make the total | |
1831 number even. "addempty"? (Mike Williams) | |
24 | 1832 - Respect 'linebreak'. Perhaps also 'showbreak'? |
2283
7e1bd501306d
Mainly documentation updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
1833 - Should interpret CTRL-L as a page break. |
7 | 1834 - Grey line numbers are not always readable. Add field in 'printoptions'. |
1835 Default to black when no syntax highlighting. | |
1836 - Be able to print a window in diff mode. | |
1837 - Be able to specify a colorscheme to use for printing. And a separate | |
1838 one for B&W printing (if that can be detected). | |
1839 8 In Visual block mode with 'lbr' set, a change command doesn't insert the | |
1840 text in following lines where the linebreak changes. | |
1841 9 dosinst.c: The DJGPP version can't uninstall the Uninstall registry key on | |
1842 Windows NT. How to install a .inf file on Windows NT and how to detect | |
1843 that Windows NT is being used? | |
1844 8 When 'virtualedit' is "block,insert" and encoding is "utf-8", selecting a | |
1845 block of one double-wide character, then "d" deletes only half of it. | |
1846 8 When 'virtualedit' is set, should "I" in blockwise visual mode also insert | |
1847 in lines that don't extend into the block? | |
1848 8 With 'virtualedit' set, in Insert mode just after the end of line, CTRL-O | |
1849 yh does not yank the last character of the line. (Pavel Papushev) | |
1850 Doing "hl" first appears to make it work. | |
1851 8 With 'virtualedit' set it's possible to move into the blank area from | |
1852 'linebreak'. | |
1853 8 With 'virtualedit' set and 'selection' "exclusive", a Visual selection | |
1854 that ends in or after a tab, "d" doesn't delete (part of) the tab. | |
1855 (Helmut Stiegler) | |
1856 9 When jumping to a tag, the search pattern is put in the history. When | |
1857 'magic' is on, the pattern may not work. Translate the pattern depending | |
1858 on p_magic when putting it in the history? Alternative: Store value of | |
1859 'magic' in history. (Margo) | |
1860 9 optwin.vim: Restoring a mapping for <Space> or <CR> is not correct for | |
1861 ":noremap". Add "mapcmd({string}, {mode})? Use code from ":mkexrc". | |
1862 9 incsearch is incorrect for "/that/<Return>/this/;//" (last search pattern | |
1863 isn't updated). | |
1864 9 term_console is used before it is set (msdos, Amiga). | |
1865 9 Get out-of-memory for ":g/^/,$s//@/" on 1000 lines, this is not handled | |
1866 correctly. Get many error messages while redrawing the screen, which | |
1867 cause another redraw, etc. | |
1868 8 [<C-I> doesn't work when '*' is in 'iskeyword'. find_pattern_in_path() | |
1869 must escape special characters in the pattern. | |
1870 8 Vim can overwrite a read-only file with ":w!". ":w" can't overwrite an | |
1871 existing file, "w!" can, but perhaps not a read-only file? Then use | |
1872 ":w!!" for that. | |
1873 Or ask for permission to overwrite it (if file can be made writable) and | |
1874 restore file to readonly afterwards. | |
460 | 1875 Overwriting a file for which a swap file exists is similar issue. |
7 | 1876 7 When compiled with "xterm_clipboard", startup can be slower and might get |
1877 error message for invalid $DISPLAY. Try connecting to the X server in the | |
1878 background (forked), so that Vim starts up quicker? Connect as soon as | |
1879 the clipboard is to be used (Visual select mode starts, paste from | |
1880 clipboard) | |
1881 7 X11: Some people prefer to use CLIPBOARD instead of PRIMARY for the normal | |
1882 selection. Add an "xclipboard" argument to the 'clipboard' option? (Mark | |
1883 Waggoner) | |
1884 8 For xterm need to open a connection to the X server to get the window | |
1885 title, which can be slow. Can also get the title with "<Esc>[21t", no | |
1886 need to use X11 calls. This returns "<Esc>]l{title}<Esc>\". | |
34 | 1887 6 When the xterm reports the number of colors, a redraw occurs. This is |
1888 annoying on a slow connection. Wait for the xterm to report the number of | |
1889 colors before drawing the screen. With a timeout. | |
7 | 1890 8 When the builtin xterm termcap contains codes that are not wanted, need a |
1891 way to avoid using the builtin termcap. | |
1892 8 Xterm sends ^[[H for <Home> and ^[[F for <End> in some mode. Also | |
1893 recognize these keys? Mostly useful for xterm simulators, like gnometerm. | |
1894 See http://dickey.his.com/xterm/xterm.faq.html#xterm_pc_style. | |
837 | 1895 8 For xterm also recognize keypad up/down/left/right and insert. |
7 | 1896 8 '[ and '] should be set to start/end of line when using a linewise operator |
1897 (e.g., ":w"). | |
1898 8 CTRL-A can't handle big "long" numbers, they become negative. Check for | |
1899 "-" character, if not present, use unsigned long. | |
1900 8 Make it possible to disable the special meaning of "#" in the first column | |
1901 for ">>". | |
1902 8 Add suspending with CTRL-Z at the "more" prompt, and when executing a long | |
1903 script in do_cmdline(). | |
1904 8 When using 'hidden', many swap files will be open. When Vim runs into the | |
1905 maximum number of open files, error messages will appear. Detect that | |
1906 this problem is present, and close any hidden files that don't have | |
1907 changes. | |
1908 8 With 'viminfo' set such that the ".viminfo" file is written on a FAT | |
1909 filesystem, an illegal file name may be created: ".vim". | |
1910 8 For each buffer that is opened, the viminfo file is opened and read to | |
1911 check for file marks. This can be slow. | |
1912 7 In xterm, recognize both vt100 and vt220 cursor keys. Change | |
1913 add_termcode() to not remove an existing entry for a name, when it's | |
1914 needed. | |
1915 Need a generic solution to recognize different codes for the same key. | |
1916 8 Core dump within signal function: gdb doesn't show stack backtrace! Option | |
1917 to skip catch_signals()? | |
1918 9 Repeating a "cw" with "." doesn't work if the text was pasted from the | |
1919 clipboard. (Thomas Jones) It's because the menu/toolbar item exits Insert | |
1920 mode and uses "gP". How to fix this without breaking inserting a block of | |
1921 text? | |
1922 8 In Replace mode pasting from the clipboard (using menu or toolbar) inserts | |
1923 all the text. Add ":rmenu"? | |
1924 8 Pasting with the mouse in Replace mode inserts the text, instead of | |
1925 overwriting, when it is more than one line. Same for using <C-R>. | |
1926 9 CTRL-E and CTRL-Y don't work in small window when 'so' is 4 and lines are | |
1927 wrapping (Acevedo/in.226). E.g., when using CTRL-E, window height 7, | |
1928 window might actually scroll down when last line of buffer is displayed. | |
1929 --> Remember if the previous command was "cursor follows screen" or | |
1930 "screen follow cursor" and use this in cursupdate(). | |
1931 7 tilde_replace() can only handle "~/", should also do "~user/". | |
1932 Get the list of home directories (from /etc/passwd? Use getpwent()) and | |
1933 use some clever algorithm to match a path with that. Find common strings | |
1934 in the list? | |
1935 8 When dragging status line with mouse, sometimes a jump when first clicking | |
1936 on the status line (caused by 'winheight'). Select window on button up, | |
1937 instead of on button down. | |
1938 8 Dragging the status line doesn't scroll but redraw. | |
1939 9 Evaluating 'statusline' in build_stl_str_hl() does not properly check for | |
1940 reaching the end of the available buffer. | |
1125 | 1941 Patch to dynamically allocate the buffer for % items. (Eric Arnold, 2006 |
1942 May 14) | |
7 | 1943 8 When performing incremental search, should abort searching as soon as a |
1944 character is typed. | |
1945 8 When the value of $MAKE contains a path, configure can't handle this. | |
1946 It's an autoconf bug. Remove the path from $MAKE to work around it. | |
1947 8 How to set VIMRC_FILE to \"something\" for configure? Why does this not | |
1948 work: CFLAGS='-DVIMRC_FILE=\"/mydir/myfile\"' ./configure | |
1949 8 The temporary file is sometimes not writable. Check for this, and use an | |
1950 alternate name when it isn't. Or add the 'temptemplate' option: template | |
1951 for the temp file name ":set temptemplate=/usr/tmp/?????.tmp". | |
1952 Also: Win32 version uses Windows temp directory, which might not work for | |
1953 cygwin bash. | |
1954 7 Get error "*, \+ or \( operand could be empty" for pattern "\(.\)\1\{3}". | |
1955 Remember flags for backreferences. | |
1956 7 When switching to Daylight Saving Time, Vim complains that a file has been | |
1957 changed since last read. Can we use a function that uses GMT? | |
1958 7 When completing an environment variable after a '$', check for file names | |
1959 that contain a '$' after all have been found. | |
1960 8 When "cm" termcap entry is missing, starting gvim shouldn't complain about | |
1961 it. (Lohner) Try out with "vt100" entry, cm replaced with cX. | |
1962 7 When an include file starts with "../", the check for already visiting | |
1963 this file doesn't work. Need to simplify the file name. | |
1964 7 The names and comments for the arguments of do_browse() are confusing. | |
1965 "dflt" isn't the default file name when "initdir" is not NULL and | |
1966 "initdir" is the default path to be used. | |
1967 7 When 'scrolloff' is exactly half the window height, "j" causes a scroll of | |
1968 two lines at a time. "k" doesn't do this. (Cory T. Echols) | |
1969 8 When write_viminfo() is used while there are many orphaned viminfo | |
1970 tempfiles writing the viminfo file fails. Give a clear error message so | |
1971 that the user knows he has to delete the files. | |
1972 7 It's possible to redefine a script-local function with ":func | |
1973 <SNR>123_Test()". (Krishna) Disallow this. | |
1974 | |
1975 | |
1976 I can't reproduce these (if you can, let me know how!): | |
1977 9 NT 4.0 on NTFS file system: Editing ".bashrc" (drag and drop), file | |
1978 disappears. Editing ".xyz" is OK. Also, drag&drop only works for three | |
1979 files. (McCollister) | |
1980 | |
1981 | |
1982 Problems that will (probably) not be solved: | |
835 | 1983 - GTK: when using the popup menu with spelling suggestions and releasing the |
1984 right mouse button before the menu appears selecting an item with the | |
1985 right mouse button has no effect. GTK does not produce an event for this. | |
1698 | 1986 - GTK 2: Cannot use the file selector. When using it many things become |
1987 slow. This is caused by some code in GTK that writes | |
1988 ~/.recently-used.xbel every time an event is handled. It assumes the main | |
1989 loop is never quit, which is a wrong assumption. Also, it overwrites the | |
1990 file with different file permissions, which is a privacy issue. This | |
1991 needs to be fixed in GTK. A solution in Vim would be really complicated. | |
1992 (2008 Jul 31) | |
34 | 1993 - xterm title: The following scenario may occur (esp. when running the Vim |
1994 test script): Vim 1 sets the title to "file1", then restores the title to | |
162 | 1995 "xterm" with an ESC sequence when exiting. Vim 2 obtains the old title |
34 | 1996 with an X library call, this may result in "file1", because the window |
1997 manager hasn't processed the "xterm" title yet. Can apparently only be | |
1998 worked around with a delay. | |
7 | 1999 - In a terminal with 'mouse' set such that the mouse is active when entering |
2000 a command line, after executing a shell command that scrolls up the | |
2001 display and then pressing ":": Selecting text with the mouse works like | |
2002 the display wasn't scrolled. Vim doesn't know how much the external | |
2003 command scrolled up the display. Use Shift to select text. | |
2004 - X windows: When $DISPLAY points to a X server where there is no access | |
2005 permission, trying to connect to the X server causes an error message. | |
2006 XtOpenDisplay() prints this directly, there is no way to avoid it. | |
2007 - X windows: Setting 'guifontset' to an illegal value sometimes crashes Vim. | |
2008 This is caused by a fault in a X library function, can't be solved in Vim. | |
1125 | 2009 - Win32 tcl: has("tcl") hangs when the tcl84.dll is from cygwin. |
7 | 2010 - Motif: When adding a menu item "Find this &Symbol", the "s" in "this" will |
2011 be underlined, instead of in "Symbol". Motif doesn't let us specify which | |
2012 character gets the highlighting. | |
2013 - Moving the cursor removes color in color-xterm. This is a color-xterm | |
2014 problem! color-xterm ver. 6.1 beta 3 and later work properly. | |
2015 - In zsh, "gvim&" changes the terminal settings. This is a zsh problem. | |
2016 (Jennings) | |
2017 - Problem with HPterm under X: old contents of window is lost (Cosentino). | |
2018 - Amiga: When using quickfix with the Manx compiler we only get the first 25 | |
2019 errors. How do we get the rest? | |
2020 - Amiga: The ":cq" command does not always abort the Manx compiler. Why? | |
237 | 2021 - Linux: A file with protection r--rw-rw- is seen readonly for others. The |
7 | 2022 access() function in GNU libc is probably wrong. |
2023 - MSDOS: When using smartdrive with write-back buffering, writing to a | |
2024 readonly floppy will cause problems. How to test for a writable floppy | |
2025 first? | |
2026 - MSDOS: Both 16 and 32 bit versions: File name expansion doesn't work for | |
2027 names that start with a dot. These used to be illegal file names. | |
2028 - When doing a CTRL-Z and typing a command for the shell, while Vim is busy | |
2029 (e.g. writing a file), the command for the shell is sometimes eaten by Vim, | |
2030 because the terminal mode is changed from RAW to CBREAK. | |
2031 - An old version of GNU tgoto can't handle the terminfo code for "AF". The | |
2032 "%p1" is interpreted as "%p" and "1", causing color not to be working. | |
2033 Fix: Change the "%p1" in the "AF" and "AB" terminfo entries to "%p". | |
2034 (Benzinger). | |
2035 - When running an external command from the GUI, typeahead is going to that | |
2036 program, not to Vim. It looks like the shell eats the characters, Vim | |
2037 can't get back what the external command didn't use. | |
2038 - Win32 GUI: Error code from external command not returned in shell_error. | |
2039 It appears that cmd.exe and command.com don't return an error code. | |
2040 - Win32 GUI: The Toolbar is a bit too high when the flat style is being | |
2041 used. We don't have control over the height of the Toolbar. | |
2042 - Win32: All files created on the day of switching from winter to summer | |
2043 time cause "changed since editing started" messages. It goes away when | |
2044 the file is written again the next day, or the timezone is adjusted. | |
2045 DJGPP version is OK. (Zaimi) Looks like a problem with the Win32 library. | |
2046 Rebooting doesn't help. Time stamps look OK in directory. (Penn) | |
2047 Is this on FAT (stores wall clock time) or NTFS (stores UTS)? | |
2048 - Win32, MS-Windows XP: $HOME uses the wrong drive when the user profiles | |
2049 are not on the boot disk. This is caused by a wrong value of $HOMEDRIVE. | |
2050 This is a bug in XP, see MSKB article 818134. | |
2051 - SunOS 5.5.1 with Motif: The file open dialog does not have a horizontal | |
2052 scroll bar for the "files" selection. This is a problem in the Motif | |
2053 libraries, get a patch from Sun. | |
2054 - Solaris 2.6 with GTK and Perl: gvim crashes when started. Problem with X | |
2055 input method called from GDK code. Without Perl it doesn't crash. | |
2056 - VMS: Vimdiff doesn't work with the VMS diff, because the output looks | |
2057 different. This makes test 47 fail. Install a Unix-compatible diff. | |
2058 - VMS v7.1 and older: Tests 21 and 32 fail. From VMS v7.1-2 and newer Vim | |
2059 does not have this behavior. (Zoltan Arpadffy) | |
2060 - Win32 GUI: mouse wheel always scrolls rightmost window. The events arrive | |
2061 in Vim as if the rightmost scrollbar was used. | |
2062 - GTK with Gnome: Produces an error message when starting up: | |
2063 Gdk-WARNING **: locale not supported by C library | |
2064 This is caused by the gnome library gnome_init() setting $LC_CTYPE to | |
2065 "en_US". Not all systems support this locale name, thus causing the | |
2066 error. Hopefully a newer version of GTK/Gnome fixes this problem. | |
2067 - GTK 2: With this mapping the hit-enter prompt is _sometimes_ below the | |
2068 screen, at other times there is a grey area below the command line: | |
2069 :nmap <F11> :if &guioptions=~'m' \| set guioptions-=m \| else \| set guioptions+=m \| endif<cr> | |
2070 - GTK: When pasting a selection from Vim to xclipboard gvim crashes with a | |
2071 ABRT signal. Probably an error in the file gdkselection.c, the assert | |
2072 always fails when XmbTextListToTextProperty() fails. (Tom Allard) | |
10 | 2073 - GTK 2: gives an assertion error for every non-builtin icon in the toolbar. |
2074 This is a GTK 2.4.x bug, fixed in GTK 2.4.2. (Thomas de Grenier de Latour) | |
7 | 2075 - When using an xterm that supports the termresponse feature, and the 't_Co' |
2076 termcap option was wrong when Vim started, it will be corrected when the | |
2077 termresponse is received. Since the number of colors changes, the | |
2078 highlighting needs to be initialized again. This may cause colors defined | |
2079 in the vimrc file to be lost. | |
2080 - On Windows NT 4.0 the number of files passed to Vim with drag&drop and | |
2081 "Edit with Vim" is limited. The maximum command line length is 255 chars. | |
2082 | |
2083 --------------------- extensions and improvements ---------------------- | |
2084 *extensions-improvements* | |
2085 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2086 Most interesting new features to be added when all bugs have been fixed: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2087 - Using ":exe edit fname" has escaping problems. Use ":edit ++(fname)". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2088 Thus use "++=" to give arguments as expressions, comma separated as if |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2089 calling a function. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2090 With options: ":edit ++(['!', '++enc=abc'], ['+/pat'], fname)". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2091 Alternative: Make a function for Ex commands: cmd_edit(). |
713 | 2092 - Add COLUMN NUMBERS to ":" commands ":line1,line2[col1,col2]cmd". Block |
2093 can be selected with CTRL-V. Allow '$' (end of line) for col2. | |
2094 - Add DEBUGGER INTERFACE. Implementation for gdb by Xavier de Gaye. | |
2095 Should work like an IDE. Try to keep it generic. Now found here: | |
2096 http://clewn.sf.net. | |
2097 And the idevim plugin/script. | |
2098 To be able to start the debugger from inside Vim: For GUI run a program | |
2099 with a netbeans connection; for console: start a program that splits the | |
2100 terminal, runs the debugger in one window and reconnect Vim I/O to the | |
2101 other window. | |
2102 Wishes for NetBeans commands: | |
2103 - make it possible to have 'defineAnnoType' also handle terminal colors. | |
2104 - send 'balloonText' events for the cursor position (using CursorHold ?) | |
2105 in terminal mode. | |
2106 - ECLIPSE plugin. Problem is: the interface is very complicated. Need to | |
2107 implement part in Java and then connect to Vim. Some hints from Alexandru | |
2108 Roman, 2004 Dec 15. Should then also work with Oracle Jdeveloper, see JSR | |
2109 198 standard http://www.jcp.org/en/jsr/detail?id=198. | |
2110 Eclim does it: http://eclim.sourceforge.net/ (Eric Van Dewoestine) | |
2111 Plugin that uses a terminal emulator: http://vimplugin.sf.net | |
1125 | 2112 And another one: http://www.satokar.com/viplugin/index.php |
713 | 2113 - STICKY CURSOR: Add a way of scrolling that leaves the cursor where it is. |
2114 Especially when using the scrollbar. Typing a cursor-movement command | |
2115 scrolls back to where the cursor is. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2116 - Scroll commands by screen line. g CTRL-E and g CTRL-Y ? Requires the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2117 first line to be able to start halfway. |
713 | 2118 - Running a shell command from the GUI still has limitations. Look into how |
2119 the terminal emulator of the Vim shell project can help: | |
2120 http://vimshell.wana.at | |
2121 8 Add a command to jump to a certain kind of tag. Allow the user to specify | |
2122 values for the optional fields. E.g., ":tag size type=m". | |
2123 Also allow specifying the file and command, so that the result of | |
2124 taglist() can be used. | |
769 | 2125 - X11: Make it possible to run Vim inside a window of another program. |
2126 This can be done with XReparentWindow(). But how exactly? | |
713 | 2127 |
2128 | |
7 | 2129 Documentation: |
1125 | 2130 8 List of Vim runtime directories. dotvim.txt from Charles Campbell, 2007 |
2131 Feb 20. | |
36 | 2132 8 The GUI help should explain the Find and Find/Replace dialogs. Add a link |
2133 to it from ":promptrepl" and ":promptfind". | |
22 | 2134 8 List of options should mention whether environment variables are expanded |
2135 or not. | |
7 | 2136 8 Extend usr_27.txt a bit. (Adam Seyfarth) |
2137 7 Add a section on debugging scripts in the user manual. | |
2138 9 Make the Reference Manual more precise. For each command mention: | |
2139 - change to cursor position and curswant | |
2140 - if it can be undone (u/CTRL-R) and redone (.) | |
2141 - how it works for folded lines | |
2142 - how it works with multi-byte characters | |
2143 9 In change.txt, remark about Javadoc isn't right. Right alignment would | |
2144 work too. | |
2145 8 Spread the windows commands over the other files. For example, ":stag" | |
2146 should be with ":tag". Cross-link with tags to avoid too much double | |
2147 text. | |
2148 8 Add tags for all features, e.g. "gui_running". | |
2149 7 MS-Windows: When a wrong command is typed with an ALT key, give a hint to | |
2150 look at the help for 'winaltkeys'. | |
2151 7 Add a help.vim plugin that maps <Tab> to jump to the next tag in || and | |
2152 <C-Tab> (and <S-Tab>) to the previous tag. | |
1624 | 2153 Patch by Balazs Kezes, 2007 Dec 30. Remark from A. Politz. |
7 | 2154 - Check text editor compendium for vi and Vim remarks. |
2155 | |
2156 | |
2157 Help: | |
2158 - First try using the ":help" argument literally, before using it as a | |
2159 pattern. And then match it as part of a tag. | |
2160 - When a help item has multiple matches make it possible to use ":tn" to go | |
2161 to the other matches. | |
2162 - Support a way to view (and edit) .info files. | |
2163 - Default mapping for help files: <Tab> to position cursor on next |:tag|. | |
2164 - Implement a "sticky" help window, some help text lines that are always | |
2165 displayed in a window with fixed height. (Guckes) Use "~/.vimhelp" file, | |
2166 user can edit it to insert his favorite commands, new account can contain a | |
2167 default contents. | |
2168 - Make 'winminheight' a local option, so that the user can set a minimal | |
2169 height for the help window (and other windows). | |
2170 - ":help :s^I" should expand to ":help :substitute". | |
2171 - Make the help key (<F1>) context sensitive? | |
2172 - Learn mode: show short help while typing commands. | |
2173 | |
2174 | |
2175 User Friendlier: | |
419 | 2176 8 Windows install with NSIS: make it possible to do a silent install, see |
2177 http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Docs/Chapter4.html#4.12 | |
7 | 2178 8 Windows install with install.exe: Use .exe instead of .bat files for |
2179 links, so that command line arguments are passed on unmodified? (Walter | |
2180 Briscoe) | |
2181 8 Windows install: Be able to associate Vim with a selection of file types? | |
2182 8 Windows uninstall: Have uninstal.c delete the vimfiles directories that | |
2183 dosinst.c creates. List the contents of the directory (recursively) if | |
2184 the user asks for it. Requires an implementation of "rm -rf". | |
2185 8 Remember the name of the vimrc file that was used (~/.vimrc, $VIM/_vimrc, | |
2186 $HOME/_vimrc, etc.) and add "edit vimrc" to the File menu. | |
2187 - Add a way to save local settings and mappings into a new plugin file. | |
2188 ":mkplugin <file>"? | |
2189 8 Add ":plugininstall" command. Can be used to install a plugin file that | |
2190 includes documentation. Let the user select a directory from | |
2191 'runtimepath'. | |
2192 " Vim plugin | |
2193 <main plugin code> | |
2194 " >>> plugin help start <<< | |
2195 <plugin docs> | |
2196 - Add mappings local to a window: ":map <window> ..."? | |
2197 9 Add buffer-local menu. Should offer a choice between removing the menu or | |
2198 disabling it. Be careful that tear-offs don't disappear (keep one empty | |
2199 item?). | |
2200 Alternative: use BufEnter and BufLeave autocommands. | |
2201 8 make a vimtutor script for Amiga and other systems. | |
2202 7 Add the arguments for configure to the ":version" output? | |
387 | 2203 7 When Vim detects a file is being edited elsewhere and it's a gvim session |
2204 of the same user it should offer a "Raise" button, so that the other gvim | |
2205 window can be displayed. (Eduard) | |
640 | 2206 8 Support saving and restoring session for X windows? It should work to do |
2207 ":mksession" and use "-S fname" for the restart command. The | |
2208 gui_x11_wm_protocol_handler() already takes care of the rest. | |
2209 global_event_filter() for GTK. | |
7 | 2210 |
2211 | |
693 | 2212 Tab pages: |
2213 9 GUI implementation for the tab pages line for other systems. | |
1125 | 2214 7 GUI: Control over the appearance of the text in the labels (bold, color, |
2215 font, etc.) | |
693 | 2216 8 Make GUI menu in tab pages line configurable. Like the popup menu. |
838 | 2217 8 balloons for the tab page labels that are shortened to show the full path. |
693 | 2218 8 :tabmove +N move tab page N pages forward |
2219 8 :tabmove -N move tab page N pages backward | |
2220 7 :tabdup duplicate the tab with all its windows. | |
2221 7 Option to put tab line at the left or right? Need an option to specify | |
1226 | 2222 its width. It's like a separate window with ":tabs" output. |
693 | 2223 7 Add local variables for each tab page? |
2224 8 Add local options for each tab page? E.g., 'diffopt' could differ between | |
2225 tab pages. | |
2226 7 Add local highlighting for each tab page? | |
1125 | 2227 7 Add local directory for tab pages? How would this interfere with |
2228 window-local directories? | |
693 | 2229 |
2230 | |
388 | 2231 Spell checking: |
1668 | 2232 - have some way not to give spelling errors for a range of characters. |
2233 E.g. for Chinese and other languages with specific characters for which we | |
2234 don't have a spell file. Useful when there is also text in other | |
2235 languages in the file. | |
1125 | 2236 - Support more regions? Caolan McNamara argues it's needed for es_XX. |
2237 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=219777 | |
2238 - Unicode defines another quote character: 0x2019. Use it as an equivalent | |
2239 of a single quote, thus use it as a word character like a quote and match | |
2240 with words, replacing the curly quote with a single quote. | |
2241 - Could filter é things for HTML before doing spell checking. | |
2242 Similarly for TeX. | |
860 | 2243 - The Hungarian spell file uses four extra characters in the FOL/UPP/LOW |
2244 items than other spell files with the ISO-8859-2 encoding, that causes | |
2245 problem when changing 'spelllang'. There is no obvious way to fix this. | |
827 | 2246 - Considering Hunspell 1.1.4: |
2247 What does MAXNGRAMSUGS do? | |
2248 Is COMPLEXPREFIXES necessary when we have flags for affixes? | |
1624 | 2249 - Support spelling words in CamelCase as if they were two separate words. |
2250 Requires some option to enable it. (Timothy Knox) | |
2072 | 2251 - There is no Finnish spell checking file. For openoffice Voikko is now |
1125 | 2252 used, which is based on Malaga: http://home.arcor.de/bjoern-beutel/malaga/ |
2253 (Teemu Likonen) | |
827 | 2254 8 ":mkspell" still takes much too long in Hungarian dictionary from |
2255 hunspell. Only solution appears to be to postpone secondary suffixes. | |
2256 8 Handle postponed prefix with COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG or COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG. | |
2257 WFP_COMPPERMIT and WFP_COMPFORBID | |
2258 8 implement use of <compoptions> in .spl file: | |
2259 implement CHECKCOMPOUNDREP: when a compound word seems to be OK apply REP | |
1668 | 2260 items and check if the result is a valid word. |
827 | 2261 implement CHECKCOMPOUNDDUP |
2262 implement CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE | |
2263 Add CHECKCOMPOUNDCASE: when compounding make leading capital lower case. | |
2264 How is it supposed to work? | |
819 | 2265 - Add a command the repeats ]s and z=, showing the misspelled word in its |
2266 context. Thus to spell-check a whole file. | |
700 | 2267 - suggestion for "KG" to "kg" when it's keepcase. |
821 | 2268 - For flags on affixes: Use a "AFFCOMPSET" flag; means the compound flags of |
2269 the word are not used. | |
798 | 2270 - Support breakpoint character ? 0xb7 and ignore it? Makes it possible to |
713 | 2271 use same wordlist for hyphenation. |
809 | 2272 - Compound word is accepted if nr of words is <= COMPOUNDWORDMAX OR nr of |
501 | 2273 syllables <= COMPOUNDSYLMAX. Specify using AND in the affix file? |
625 | 2274 - NEEDCOMPOUND also used for affix? Or is this called ONLYINCOMPOUND now? |
2275 Or is ONLYINCOMPOUND only for inside a compound, not at start or end? | |
501 | 2276 - Do we need a flag for the rule that when compounding is done the following |
2277 word doesn't have a capital after a word character, even for Onecap words? | |
2278 - New hunspell home page: http://hunspell.sourceforge.net/ | |
538 | 2279 - Version 1.1.0 is out now, look into that. |
501 | 2280 - Lots of code depends on LANG, that isn't right. Enable each mechanism |
2281 in the affix file separately. | |
2282 - Example with compounding dash is bad, gets in the way of setting | |
809 | 2283 COMPOUNDMIN and COMPOUNDWORDMAX to a reasonable value. |
501 | 2284 - PSEUDOROOT == NEEDAFFIX |
2285 - COMPOUNDROOT -> COMPOUNDED? For a word that already is a compound word | |
2286 Or use COMPOUNDED2, COMPOUNDED3, etc. | |
2287 - CIRCUMFIX: when a word uses a prefix marked with the CIRCUMFIX flag, then | |
2288 the word must also have a suffix marked with the CIRCUMFIX flag. It's a | |
2289 bit primitive, since only one flag is used, which doesn't allow matching | |
2290 specific prefixes with suffixes. | |
2291 Alternative: | |
2292 PSFX {flag} {pchop} {padd} {pcond} {schop} {sadd}[/flags] {scond} | |
2293 We might not need this at all, you can use the NEEDAFFIX flag and the | |
2294 affix which is required. | |
2295 - When a suffix has more than one syllable, it may count as a word for | |
809 | 2296 COMPOUNDWORDMAX. |
501 | 2297 - Add flags to count extra syllables in a word. SYLLABLEADD1 SYLLABLEADD2, |
2298 etc.? Or make it possible to specify the syllable count of a word | |
2299 directly, e.g., after another slash: /abc/3 | |
625 | 2300 - MORPHO item in affix file: ignore TAB and morphological field after |
2301 word/flags and affix. | |
501 | 2302 - Implement multiple flags for compound words and CMP item? |
2303 Await comments from other spell checking authors. | |
2304 - Also see tklspell: http://tkltrans.sourceforge.net/ | |
388 | 2305 8 Charles Campbell asks for method to add "contained" groups to existing |
2306 syntax items (to add @Spell). | |
2307 Add ":syntax contains {pattern} add=@Spell" command? A bit like ":syn | |
2308 cluster" but change the contains list directly for matching syntax items. | |
2309 - References: MySpell library (in OpenOffice.org). | |
2310 http://spellchecker.mozdev.org/source.html | |
2311 http://whiteboard.openoffice.org/source/browse/whiteboard/lingucomponent/source/spellcheck/myspell/ | |
2312 author: Kevin Hendricks <kevin.hendricks@sympatico.ca> | |
1624 | 2313 8 It is currently not possible to mark "can not" as rare, because "can" and |
2314 "not" are good words. Find a way to let "rare" overrule "good"? | |
388 | 2315 8 Make "en-rare" spell file? Ask Charles Campbell. |
2316 8 The English dictionaries for different regions are not consistent in their | |
2317 use of words with a dash. | |
2318 7 Insert mode completion mechanism that uses the spell word lists. | |
2319 8 Add hl groups to 'spelllang'? | |
2320 :set spelllang=en_us,en-rare/SpellRare,en-math/SpellMath | |
2321 More complicated: Regions with different languages? E.g., comments | |
2322 in English, strings in German (po file). | |
2323 | |
2324 | |
7 | 2325 Diff mode: |
1624 | 2326 9 Instead invoking an external diff program, use builtin code. One can be |
2327 found here: http://www.ioplex.com/~miallen/libmba/dl/src/diff.c | |
7 | 2328 8 Use diff mode to show the changes made in a buffer (compared to the file). |
2329 Use an unnamed buffer, like doing: | |
2330 new | set bt=nofile | r # | 0d_ | diffthis | wincmd p | diffthis | |
557 | 2331 Also show difference with the file when editing started? Should show what |
2332 can be undone. (Tom Popovich) | |
7 | 2333 7 Add cursor-binding: when moving the cursor in one diff'ed buffer, also |
2334 move it in other diff'ed buffers, so that CTRL-W commands go to the same | |
2335 location. | |
2336 | |
2337 | |
2338 Folding: | |
569 | 2339 (commands still available: zI zJ zK zp zP zq zQ zV zy zY; |
2340 secondary: zB zS zT zZ, z=) | |
1125 | 2341 8 Vertical folds: looks like vertically split windows, but the cursor moves |
2342 through the vertical separator, separator moves when scrolling. | |
40 | 2343 8 Add "z/" and "z?" for searching in not folded text only. |
1125 | 2344 9 Add search pattern item to only match in closed or open fold and/or fold |
2345 with certain level. Allows doing ":g/pat/cmd" to work on closed folds. | |
237 | 2346 7 Use "++--", "+++--" for different levels instead of "+---" "+----". |
7 | 2347 8 When a closed fold is displayed open because of 'foldminlines', the |
2348 behavior of commands is still like the fold is closed. How to make the | |
2349 user aware of this? | |
2350 8 Add an option 'foldskip' with values like 'foldopen' that specifies which | |
2351 commands skip over a closed fold. | |
2352 8 "H" and "L" count buffer lines instead of window lines. (Servatius Brandt) | |
2353 8 Add a way to add fold-plugins. Johannes Zellner has one for VB. | |
2354 7 When using manual folding, the undo command should also restore folds. | |
36 | 2355 - Allow completely hiding a closed fold. E.g., by setting 'foldtext' to an |
2356 empty string. Require showing a character in 'foldcolumn' to avoid the | |
2357 missing line goes unnoticed. | |
2358 How to implement this? | |
7 | 2359 - When pressing the down arrow of a scrollbar, a closed fold doesn't scroll |
2360 until after a long time. How to make scrolling with closed folds | |
2361 smoother? | |
2362 - When creating a session, also store folds for buffers in the buffer list, | |
2363 using the wininfo in wi_folds. | |
860 | 2364 - When currently editing the first file in the argument list the session |
2365 file can contain: | |
2366 args version.c main.c | |
2367 edit version.c | |
2368 Can editing version.c twice be avoided? | |
7 | 2369 - 'foldmethod' "textobject": fold on sections and paragraph text objects. |
625 | 2370 - "zuf": undo change in manual fold. "zUf" redo change in manual fold. How |
2371 to implement this? | |
7 | 2372 - "zJ" command: add the line or fold below the fold in the fold under the |
2373 cursor. | |
708 | 2374 - 'foldmethod' "syntax": "fold=3" argument: set fold level for a region or |
2375 match. | |
7 | 2376 - Apply a new foldlevel to a range of lines. (Steve Litt) |
36 | 2377 8 Have some way to restrict commands to not folded text. Also commands like |
7 | 2378 searches. |
2379 | |
2380 | |
2381 Multi-byte characters: | |
713 | 2382 - When editing a file with both utf-8 and latin1 text Vim always falls back |
2383 to latin1. Add a command to convert the latin1 characters to utf-8? | |
2384 :unmix utf-8,latin1 filename | |
2385 Would only work when 'encoding' is utf-8. | |
7 | 2386 9 When the tail byte of a double-byte character is illegal (e.g., a CR), the |
2387 display is messed up (Yasuhiro Matsumoto). Should check for illegal | |
2388 double-byte characters and display them differently (display each single | |
2389 byte). | |
2390 8 Add an item in 'fileencodings' to check the first lines of a file for | |
2391 the encoding. See Python PEP: http://www.python.org/peps/pep-0263.html. | |
2392 To avoid getting a wrong encoding only accept something Emacs-like: | |
2393 "-*- coding: enc-na_me.foo -*-" and "-*- coding= enc-na_me.foo -*-" | |
2394 Match with "-\*-\s*coding[:=]\s*\([::word::-_.]\+\)\s*-\*-" and use first | |
2395 item. | |
2396 8 Add an item in 'fileencodings' to check the first line of an XML file for | |
237 | 2397 the encoding. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> Or "charset=UTF-8"? |
2398 For HTML look for "charset=utf-8". | |
7 | 2399 8 The quickfix file is read without conversion, thus in 'encoding'. Add an |
2400 option to specify the encoding of the errorfile and convert it. Also for | |
36 | 2401 ":grep" and ":helpgrep". |
38 | 2402 More generic solution: support a filter (e.g., by calling a function). |
7 | 2403 8 When a file was converted from 'fileencoding' to 'encoding', a tag search |
2404 should also do this on the search pattern. (Andrzej M. Ostruszka) | |
1624 | 2405 8 When filtering changes the encoding 'fileencoding' may not work. E.g., |
2406 when using xxd and 'fileencoding' is "utf-16". Add an option to set a | |
2407 different fileencoding for filter output? | |
7 | 2408 7 When converting a file fails, mention which byte could not be converted, |
2409 so that the user can fix the problem. | |
2410 8 Add configure option to be able to disable using the iconv library. (Udo | |
2411 Schweigert) | |
2412 9 'aleph' should be set to 1488 for Unicode. (Zvi Har'El) | |
2413 8 Should add test for using various commands with multi-byte characters. | |
2414 8 'infercase' doesn't work with multi-byte characters. | |
2415 8 toupper() function doesn't handle byte count changes. | |
1624 | 2416 7 Searching and composing characters: |
2417 When searching, should order of composing characters be ignored? | |
2418 Add special item to match with a composing character, zero-width, so that | |
2419 one can replace a base character and keep the composing characters. | |
2420 Add a special item to match with a composing character, so that composing | |
2421 characters can be manipulated. | |
2422 Add a modifier to ignore composing characters, only compare base | |
2423 characters. Useful for Hebrew (Ron Aaron) | |
7 | 2424 8 Should implement 'delcombine' for command line editing. |
2425 8 Detect overlong UTF-8 sequences and handle them like illegal bytes. | |
2426 8 ":s/x/\u\1/" doesn't work, making uppercase isn't done for multi-byte | |
2427 characters. | |
2428 8 UTF-8: "r" in Visual mode doesn't take composing characters. | |
2429 8 UTF-8: When there is a precomposed character in the font, use it instead | |
2430 of a character and a composing character. See xterm for an example. | |
2431 7 When a character can't be displayed, display its digraph instead. | |
2432 'display' option to specify this. | |
2433 7 Use ideas for nl_langinfo() from Markus Kuhn in enc_default(): | |
2434 (www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/langinfo.c) | |
2435 - GTK and Win32: Allow selecting fonts for 'guifontset' with the | |
2436 fontselector somehow. | |
2437 - GTK and Win32: make it possible to set the font for the menu to make it | |
2438 possible to have 'encoding' different from the current locale. | |
2439 - dbcs_class() only works for Japanese and Korean. Implement this for | |
2440 other encodings. The "euc-jp" and "euc-kr" choices might be wrong. | |
2441 - Find some way to automatically select the right GUI font or fontset, | |
2442 depending on the default value of 'encoding'. | |
2443 Irrelevant in the GTK+ 2 GUI so long as UTF-8 is used. | |
2444 For Windows, the charset_pairs[] table could be used. But how do we know | |
2445 if a font exists? | |
2446 - Do keyboard conversion from 'termencoding' to 'encoding' with | |
88 | 2447 convert_input() for Mac GUI and RiscOS GUI. |
7 | 2448 - Add mnemonics from RFC1345 longer than two characters. |
2449 Support CTRL-K _{mnemonic}_ | |
2450 7 In "-- INSERT (lang) --" show the name of the keymap used instead of | |
2451 "lang". (Ilya Dogolazky) | |
500 | 2452 - Make 'breakat' accept multi-byte characters. Problem: can't use a lookup |
2453 table anymore (breakat_flags[]). | |
2454 Simplistic solution: when 'formatoptions' contains "m" also break a line | |
2455 at a multi-byte character >= 0x100. | |
7 | 2456 - Add the possibility to enter mappings which are used whenever normal text |
2457 could be entered. E.g., for "f" command. But not in Normal mode. Sort | |
2458 of opposite of 'langmap'. Use ":tmap" command? | |
2459 - When breaking a line, take properties of multi-byte characters into | |
2460 account. The "linebreak" program from Bruno Haible can do it: | |
2461 ftp://ftp.ilog.fr/pub/Users/haible/gnu/linebreak-0.1.tar.gz | |
2462 But it's very complicated... | |
2463 | |
2464 | |
2465 Printing: | |
218 | 2466 7 Implement "undercurl" for printing. |
7 | 2467 - Add "page width" to wrap long lines. |
2468 - Win32: use a font dialog for setting 'printfont'. Can reuse the code for | |
2469 the 'guifont' dialog, put the common code in a separate function. | |
46 | 2470 - Add the file timestamp to the page header (with an option). (George |
2471 Reilly) | |
7 | 2472 - Win32: when 'printfont' is empty use 'guifont'. |
2473 - Unix: Use some dialog box to do the obvious settings (paper size, printer | |
2474 name, portrait/landscape, etc). | |
1125 | 2475 - PostScript: Only works for text that can be converted to an 8-bit |
2476 character set. How to support Unicode fully? | |
7 | 2477 - Allow specifying the paper size, instead of using a standard size. Same |
2478 units as for the margins. | |
2479 - Support right-to-left text? | |
2480 8 Make the foreground color darkening function preserve the hue of the | |
2481 color. | |
2482 | |
2483 | |
2484 Syntax highlighting: | |
2485 8 Make ":syn off" use 'runtimepath' instead of $VIMRUNTIME. (Gary Johnson) | |
2486 Should do the same for ":syn on" and ":syn manual". | |
2487 8 Support "containedin" argument for ":syn include", so that the defined | |
2488 cluster can be added to existing syntax items. | |
2489 8 C syntax: Don't highlight {} as errors inside () when used like this: | |
2490 "({ something })", often used in GCC code. | |
819 | 2491 7 Add a "startgroup" to a region. Used like "nextgroup" inside the region, |
2492 preferred item at the start of the region. (Charles Campbell) | |
7 | 2493 8 When editing a new file without a name and giving it a name (by writing |
2494 it) and 'filetype' is not set, detect the filetype. Avoid doing it for | |
2495 ":wq file". | |
1125 | 2496 7 For "nextgroup" we have skipwhite, skipnl and skipempty. It would be |
2497 really nice to be able to skip with a pattern. Or skip with a syntax | |
2498 group. (Nikolai Weibull, 2007 Feb 27) | |
7 | 2499 8 Make conversion to HTML faster (Write it in C or pre-compile the script). |
2500 9 There is still a redraw bug somewhere. Probably because a cached state is | |
2501 used in a wrong way. I can't reproduce it... | |
2502 7 Be able to change only the background highlighting. Useful for Diff* and | |
2503 Search highlighting. | |
747 | 2504 7 When 'number' is set highlight the number of the current line. |
2505 Must be enabled with an option, because it slows down display updating. | |
7 | 2506 8 Allow the user to add items to the Syntax menu sorted, without having to |
2507 change this for each release. | |
2508 8 Add a "matchcontains" for regions: items contained in the start or end | |
2509 pattern, but not in the body. | |
2510 8 Add a "keepend-contained" argument: Don't change the end of an item this | |
2511 one is contained in. Like "keepend" but specified on the contained item, | |
2512 instead of the containing item. | |
2513 8 cpp.vim: In C++ it's allowed to use {} inside (). | |
2514 8 Some syntax files set 'iskeyword'. When switching to another filetype | |
2515 this isn't reset. Add a special keyword definition for the syntax rules? | |
2516 When this is done, use vim.vim syntax highlighting for help file examples, | |
2517 but without ":" in 'iskeyword' for syntax. | |
2518 8 Add specific syntax item to match with parens/braces that don't have a | |
2519 "%" match. :syntax nomatch cMatchError (,{,[,),},] [contained] | |
2520 8 Highlight the text between two matching parens (e.g., with a grey | |
2521 background) when on one of the parens or in between them. | |
694 | 2522 Option for the matchparen plugin? |
7 | 2523 8 Add a command to jump to the next character highlighted with "Error". |
2524 8 When using a cterm, and no ctermfg or ctermbg are defined, use start/stop | |
2525 sequences. Add remark in docs that :if 'term' == "term-name" should be | |
2526 used. | |
2527 8 Add @spell cluster to String and Comment groups for many languages. Will | |
2528 allow spell checking. (Fleiner) | |
2529 8 When listing syntax items, try to sort the keywords alphabetically. And | |
2530 re-insert the [] if possible. | |
2531 8 Make it possible to use color of text for Visual highlight group (like for | |
2532 the Cursor). | |
557 | 2533 8 It would be useful to make the highlight group name an expression. Then |
2534 when there is a match, the expression would be evaluated to find out what | |
2535 highlight group to use. Could be used to check if the shell used in a | |
2536 password file appears in /etc/shells. (Nikolai Weibull) | |
2537 syn match =s:checkShell(v:match) contained 'pattern' | |
7 | 2538 8 Make it possible to only highlight a sub-expression of a match. Like |
2539 using "\1" in a ":s" command. | |
2540 8 Support for deleting syntax items: | |
2541 :syn keyword cTodo remove this | |
2542 :syn match cTodo remove "pattern" | |
2543 :syn region cString remove start="this" end="that" | |
2544 8 Add possibility to sync on something else, when the syncing in one way | |
2545 doesn't find match. For HTML: When no {script} is found, try looking for | |
2546 a '<'. (Fleiner) | |
2547 7 Replace the synchronizing method with a state machine specification? | |
2548 Should be able to start at any line in the file, search forwards or | |
2549 backwards, and use the result of matching a pattern. | |
2550 7 Use parsing like awk, so that e.g., a ( without a matching ) can be | |
2551 detected. | |
2552 8 Make it possible to use "inverted" highlighting, invert the original | |
237 | 2553 character. For Visual mode. (xterm-selection already does this). |
7 | 2554 8 Highlight non-printable characters with "SpecialChar", linked to |
2555 "Special". Display them with the digraph characters, if possible. | |
2556 8 Highlight the clipboard-selection with a highlight group. | |
2557 8 Be able to reset highlighting to its original (default) values. | |
2558 7 Be able to write current highlighting to a file as commands, similar to | |
2559 ":mkvimrc". | |
2560 8 Improve c.vim: | |
2561 - Add check for unterminated strings, with a variable to switch it on: | |
2562 "c_strict_ansi". | |
2563 - Detect unbalanced "#endif". Requires looking back a long way... | |
2564 8 Add an option to restrict the updating of syntax highlighting to the | |
2565 current line while in Insert mode. | |
2566 8 When guessing value of 'background', the syntax file has already been | |
2567 loaded (from the .gvimrc). After changing 'background', load it again? | |
2568 8 Add ":syn resync" command, to re-parse the whole file until the current | |
2569 display position. | |
2570 8 Should support "me" offset for a region start pattern. To be used to | |
2571 allow searching for the end pattern inside the match of the end pattern. | |
2572 Example: syn region pikeXX start="([^{]" end=")" should work on "()". | |
2573 8 When using a regexp for "contains=", should delay matching with it until | |
2574 redrawing happens. Set a flag when a group is added, check this flag when | |
2575 highlighting starts. | |
1125 | 2576 8 Some terminals can display colors like the GUI. Add some setting to use |
2577 GUI colors for the terminal? With something to define the escape | |
2578 sequence. | |
844 | 2579 7 It's possible for an item to be transparent, so that the colors of an item |
2580 lower on the stack is used. Also do this with highlighting, so that the | |
2581 user can set transparent highlighting? E.g. a number in a C comment would | |
2582 get the color of a comment, a number in an assignment Normal. (Nikolai | |
2583 Weibull) | |
7 | 2584 7 Add "semitrans": Add highlighting. E.g., make the text bold, but keep the |
2585 colors. And add colors, so that Green+Red becomes Yellow. | |
2586 E.g. for this html: | |
2587 <B> bold text <I> italic+bold text </B> italic text </I> | |
2588 7 Wild idea: Not only set highlighting, but also change what is displayed | |
2589 (e.g., remove characters, so that "<B>bold</B>" can be shown as "bold"): | |
2590 :syn region boldstuff start="<B>" display="" end="</B>" display="" | |
2591 7 CTRL-] checks the highlight group for finding out what the tag is. | |
2592 7 Add an explanation how a list of words can be used to highlight misspelled | |
2593 words. | |
2594 8 Add more command line completion for :syntax. | |
2595 8 Add more command line completion for :highlight. | |
2596 7 Should find a better way to parse the :syntax and :highlight commands. | |
2597 Use tables or lists that can be shared by parsing for execution and | |
2598 completion? | |
2599 8 Add ColorSchemePost autocommand event, so that scripts can set up their | |
2600 highlighting. (Salman Halim) | |
2601 7 Add a few sets of colors (e.g. Borland Turbo C one). With a menu to | |
2602 select one of the sets. | |
2603 8 Add offsets to sub-matches: "\(a*\) *"he=e1-1 | |
2604 'e' is end of match 'e1' is end of sub-match 1, 's2' is start of submatch | |
2605 2, etc. | |
2606 8 In Insert mode, when there are typeahead characters, postpone the | |
2607 highlighting (for "." command). | |
2608 8 Syncing on comments isn't 100% correct when / / lines mix with / * and * /. | |
2609 For example: What about a line that starts with / / and contains * /? | |
2610 8 Ignore / * and * / inside strings, when syncing. | |
2611 7 Build a few more syntax files from the file "/usr/share/misc/vgrindefs": | |
2612 ISP, LDL, Icon, ratfor. And check "nedit/source/highlight.c". | |
2613 6 Add possibility to have background color continue until the right edge of | |
2614 the window. Useful for comment blocks and function headings. (Rogall) | |
2615 - Make it possible to add "contains" items for all items in a group. Useful | |
2616 when extending an already existing syntax file. | |
2617 - Add line-continuation pattern for non-syncing items too? | |
2618 - Add possibility to highlight the whole line, including the right margin | |
2619 (for comment blocks). | |
2620 - Add 'hlmatch' option: List of flags: | |
2621 'c': highlight match for character under the cursor. | |
2622 'b': highlight the previous (, and its match. | |
2623 'a': highlight all text from the previous ( until its match. | |
2624 Also for {}, <>, etc.? | |
2625 'e': highlight all braces without a match (slow?) | |
2626 OR: add an argument "cursor" to the syntax command, which means that the | |
2627 region/match/keyword is only highlighted when the cursor is on it. | |
2628 (Campbell) | |
2629 Or do it like Elvis: define text objects and how to highlight them around | |
2630 the cursor. (Iain Truskett) | |
2631 7 Make it possible to use all words in the tags files as Keyword. | |
2632 Can also be done with a script (but it's slow). | |
2633 7 Make it possible to call a ":" command when a match is found. Should | |
2634 allow for adding keywords from the text (e.g. variables that are set). | |
2635 And allows for sections with different highlighting. | |
2636 7 Add highlight group for commandline: "Commandline". Make sure it | |
2637 highlights the command line while typing a command, and any output from | |
2638 messages. And external commands? | |
2639 8 Make a version that works like less, but with highlighting: read stdin for | |
2640 text, exit at end of file, don't allow editing, etc. moreim? lessim? | |
2641 7 SpecialKey highlighting overrules syntax highlighting. Can't give an | |
2642 unprintable char another color. Would be useful for ^M at end of line. | |
2643 | |
2644 | |
2645 Built-in script language: | |
1624 | 2646 8 Make the filename and line number available to script functions, so that |
2647 they can give useful debugging info. The whole call stack would be ideal. | |
713 | 2648 7 Execute a function with standard option values. No need to save and |
2649 restore option values. Especially useful for new options. Problem: how | |
2650 to avoid a performance penalty (esp. for string options)? | |
7 | 2651 8 Add referring to key options with "&t_xx". Both for "echo &t_xx" and |
2652 ":let &t_xx =". Useful for making portable mappings. | |
1125 | 2653 - Add ":let var ?= value", conditional assignment. Patch by Dave Eggum, |
2654 2006 Dec 11. | |
2655 - range for ":exec", pass it on to the executed command. (Webb) | |
2325
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2656 8 ":{range}source": source the lines from the current file. |
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2657 You can already yank lines and use :@" to execute them. |
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2658 Most of do_source() would not be used, need a new function. |
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2659 It's easy when not doing breakpoints or profiling. |
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2660 Requires copying the lines into a list and then creating a function to |
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2661 execute lines from the list. Similar to getnextac(). |
720 | 2662 7 ":include" command: just like ":source" but doesn't start a new scriptID? |
2663 Will be tricky for the list of script names. | |
7 | 2664 8 Have a look at VSEL. Would it be useful to include? (Bigham) |
2665 8 Add ":fungroup" command, to group function definitions together. When | |
2666 encountered, all functions in the group are removed. Suggest using an | |
2667 obscure name to avoid name clashes. Require a ":fungroup END" in the same | |
2668 sourced file? Assume the group ends at the end of the file. Handle | |
2669 nested packages? | |
2670 Alternative: Support packages. {package-name}:{function-name}(). | |
2671 Packages are loaded automatically when first used, from | |
2672 $VIMRUNTIME/packages (or use a search path). | |
2673 7 Pre-parse or compile Vim scripts into a bytecode. | |
2674 1. Put the bytecode with the original script, with an ":if | |
2675 has('bytecode')" around it, so that it's only used with a Vim that | |
2676 supports it. Update the code with a command, can be used in an | |
2677 autocommand. | |
2678 2. Use a ".vic" file (like Python use .pyc). Create it when writing a | |
2679 .vim file. Problem: distribution. | |
2680 3. Use a cache directory for each user. How to recognize which cached | |
2681 file belongs to a sourced script? | |
2682 7 Add argument to winwidth() to subtract the space taken by 'foldcolumn', | |
2683 signs and/or 'number'. | |
1125 | 2684 6 Add ++ and -- operators? They only work on variables (lvals), how to |
2685 implement this? | |
7 | 2686 8 Add functions: |
1125 | 2687 has(":command") Check if ":command" works. compare function |
2688 with "ex_ni". E.g. for ":simalt". | |
2689 system() With a List argument. Bypasses the shell, use | |
2690 exec() directly. (Bob Hiestand) | |
2691 escape() Add argument to specify what to escape with. | |
2692 modestack() Instead of just the current mode return the | |
2693 stack of Insert / CTRL-O / :normal things. | |
20 | 2694 realname() Get user name (first, last, full) |
2695 user_fullname() patch by Nikolai Weibull, Nov | |
2696 3 2002 | |
2697 Only add this when also implemented for | |
2698 non-Unix systems, otherwise a shell cmd could | |
2699 be used. | |
2700 get_user_name() gets login name. | |
18 | 2701 menuprop({name}, {idx}, {what}) |
2702 Get menu property of menu {name} item {idx}. | |
2703 menuprop("", 1, "name") returns "File". | |
2704 menuprop("File", 1, "n") returns "nmenu | |
2705 File.Open..." argument. | |
2706 Patch by Ilya Sher, 2004 Apr 22 | |
2707 Return a list of menus and/or a dictionary | |
2708 with properties instead. | |
2709 mapname({idx}, mode) return the name of the idx'th mapping. | |
2710 Patch by Ilya Sher, 2004 Mar 4. | |
2711 Return a list instead. | |
170 | 2712 char2hex() convert char string to hex string. |
7 | 2713 attributes() return file protection flags "drwxrwxrwx" |
170 | 2714 filecopy(from, to) Copy a file |
2715 shorten(fname) shorten a file name, like home_replace() | |
7 | 2716 perl(cmd) call Perl and return string |
2717 inputrl() like input() but right-to-left | |
1624 | 2718 typed() return the characters typed and consumed (to |
2719 find out what happened) | |
7 | 2720 virtualmode() add argument to obtain whether "$" was used in |
2721 Visual block mode. | |
2722 getacp() Win32: get codepage (Glenn Maynard) | |
2723 deletebufline() delete line in any buffer | |
2724 appendbufline() append line in any buffer | |
2725 libcall() Allow more than one argument. | |
2726 libcallext() Like libcall(), but using a callback function | |
2727 to allow the library to execute a command or | |
2728 evaluate an expression. | |
2729 7 Make bufname("'0") return the buffer name from mark '0. How to get the | |
2730 column and line number? col("'0") currently returns zero. | |
2731 8 argc() returns 0 when using "vim -t tag". How to detect that no file was | |
2732 specified in any way? To be able to jump to the last edited file. | |
1125 | 2733 8 Pass the command line arguments to Vim scripts in some way. As v:args |
2734 List? Or extra parameter to argv()? | |
7 | 2735 8 Add command arguments with three dashes, passed on to Vim scripts. |
2736 7 Add optional arguments to user functions: | |
2737 :func myFunc(arg1, arg2, arg3 = "blah", arg4 = 17) | |
2738 6 User functions: Functions local to buffer "b:func()"? | |
694 | 2739 8 For Strings add ":let var[{expr}] = {expr}". When past the end of "var" |
2740 just ignore. | |
7 | 2741 8 The "= register should be writable, if followed by the name of a variable, |
2742 option or environment variable. | |
2743 8 ":let &option" should list the value of the option. | |
1125 | 2744 8 ":let Func().foo = value" should work, also when "foo" doesn't exist. |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2745 Also: ":let Func()[foo] = value" should work. Same for a List. |
694 | 2746 7 Add synIDlist(), making the whole list of syntax items on the syntax stack |
2747 available as a List. | |
7 | 2748 8 Add autocommand-event for when a variable is changed: |
2749 :au VarChanged {varname} {commands} | |
2750 8 Add "has("gui_capable")", to check if the GUI can be started. | |
2751 8 Add possibility to use variables like registers: characterwise (default), | |
2752 linewise (when ending in '\n'), blockwise (when ending in '\001'). reg0, | |
2753 rega, reg%, etc. Add functions linewise({expr}), blockwise({expr}) and | |
2754 charwise({expr}). | |
2755 7 Make it possible to do any command on a string variable (make a buffer | |
2756 with one line, containing the string). Maybe add an (invisible) scratch | |
2757 buffer for this? | |
2758 result = scratch(string, command) | |
2759 result = apply(string, command) | |
2760 result = execute(string, command) | |
2761 "command" would use <> notation. | |
2762 Does scratch buffer have a number? Or re-use same number? | |
2763 7 Add function to generate unique number (date in milliseconds). | |
2764 7 Automatically load a function from a file when it is called. Need an | |
2765 option for the search path. (Sekera) | |
2766 | |
2767 | |
2768 Robustness: | |
11 | 2769 6 Add file locking. Lock a file when starting to edit it with flock() or |
2770 fcntl(). This patch has advisory file locking while reading/writing | |
2771 the file for Vim 5.4: ~/vim/patches/kahn_file_locking . | |
2772 The patch is incomplete (needs support for more systems, autoconf). | |
2773 Andy doesn't have time to work on it. | |
2774 Disadvantage: Need to find ways to gracefully handle failure to obtain a | |
2775 lock. When to release a lock: When buffer is unloaded? | |
7 | 2776 |
2777 | |
2778 Performance: | |
1668 | 2779 7 For string variables up to 3 bytes don't allocate memory, use v_list |
2780 itself as a character array. Use VAR_SSTRING (short string). | |
2781 8 move_lines() copies every line into allocated memory, making reloading a | |
2782 buffer a lot slower than re-editing the file. Can the memline be locked | |
2783 so that we don't need to make a copy? Or avoid invoking ml_updatechunk(), | |
2784 that is taking a lot of time. (Ralf Wildenhues, 2008 Jul 7) | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2287
diff
changeset
|
2785 With a patch, but does it work? |
1125 | 2786 8 Instead of loading rgb.txt every time a color wasn't recognized load it |
2787 once and keep it in memory. Move the code to a common place to avoid | |
2788 repeating it in various system files. | |
7 | 2789 8 Turn b_syn_ic and b_syn_containedin into b_syn_flags. |
2790 9 Loading menu.vim still takes quite a bit of time. How to make it faster? | |
2791 8 in_id_list() takes much time for syntax highlighting. Cache the result? | |
2792 7 setpcmark() shifts the jumplist, this takes quite a bit of time when | |
2793 jumping around. Instead use an index for the start? | |
2794 8 When displaying a space with only foreground highlighting, it's the same | |
2795 as a space without attributes. Avoid displaying spaces for the "~" lines | |
2796 when starting up in a color terminal. | |
2797 8 Avoid alloc() for scratch buffer use, esp. in syntax.c. It's very slow on | |
2798 Win16. | |
2799 8 Profiling shows that in_id_list() is used very often for C code. Can this | |
2800 function be improved? | |
2801 8 For an existing file, the page size of the swap file is always the | |
2802 default, instead of using the block size of the device, because the swap | |
2803 file is created only after setting the block size in mf_open(). How can | |
2804 this be improved? | |
2805 8 Set default for 'ttyscroll' to half a screen height? Should speed up | |
2806 MS-DOS version. (Negri) | |
36 | 2807 7 C syntax highlighting gets a lot slower after ":set foldmethod=syntax". |
2808 (Charles Campbell) Inserting a "{" is very slow. (dman) | |
7 | 2809 7 HTML syntax highlighting is slow for long lines. Try displaying |
2810 http://www.theregister.co.uk/content/4/22908.html. (Andre Pang) | |
2811 7 Check how performance of loading the wordlist can be improved (adding a | |
2812 lot of abbreviations). | |
2813 7 DOS console: Add t_DL support, to make scrolling faster. | |
2814 7 Compile Ex commands to byte codes. Store byte codes in a vim script file | |
2815 at the end, after "compiled:. Make it look like a single comment line | |
2816 for old Vim versions. Insert first line "Vim script compiled <timestamp>. | |
2817 Only used compiled code when timestamp matches the file stat. | |
2818 Add command to compile a vim script and add it to the file in-place. | |
2819 Split Ex command executing into a parsing and executing phase. | |
2820 Use compiled code for functions, while loops, etc. | |
2821 8 When editing a file with extremely long lines (e.g., an executable), the | |
2822 "linerest" in readfile() is allocated twice to be able to copy what was | |
2823 read so far. Use realloc() instead? Or split the line when allocating | |
2824 memory fails and "linerest" is big (> 100000)? | |
2825 8 When defining autocommands (e.g., from $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim), need to | |
2826 compare each pattern with all existing patterns. Use a hash code to avoid | |
2827 using strcmp() too often? | |
2828 7 Include turbo_loader patches, speeding up reading a file? | |
2829 Speed up reading a file by reading it into a fixed-size buffer, creating | |
2830 the list of indexes in another buffer, and then copying the result into a | |
2831 memfile block with two copies. Then read the next block into another | |
2832 fixed-size buffer, create the second list of indexes and copy text from | |
2833 the two blocks to the memfile block. | |
2834 7 do_cmdline(): Avoid that the command line is copied to allocated memory | |
2835 and freed again later all the time. For while loops, and for when called | |
2836 with an argument that can be messed with. | |
2837 Generic solution: Make a struct that contains a pointer and a flag that | |
2838 indicates if the pointer should be freed when replaced. | |
2839 7 Check that the file size is not more than "sizeof(long)". | |
2840 - Further improve finding mappings in maphash[] in vgetorpeek() | |
2841 8 Syntax highlighting is slow when deleting lines. Try in | |
2842 $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim. | |
2843 - "out of memory" after deleting (1,$d) and changing (:%s/^/> /) a lot of | |
2844 lines (27000) a few times. Memory fragmentation? | |
2845 - Have a look at how pdksh does memory allocation (alloc.c). (Dalecki) | |
2846 - Do profiling on: | |
2847 - :g/pat/normal cmd | |
2848 - 1000ii<Esc> | |
2849 - deleting 10Mbyte worth of lines (netscape binary) | |
2850 - "[i" and "[d" (Yegappan Lakshmanan) | |
2851 - ":g/^/m0" on a 450Kbyte file. And the "u". | |
2852 - highlighting "~/vim/test/longline.tex", "~/vim/test/scwoop.tcl" and | |
2853 "~/vim/test/lockup.pl". | |
2854 - loading a syntax file to highlight all words not from a dictionary. | |
587 | 2855 - editing a Vim script with syntax highlighting on (loading vim.vim). |
7 | 2856 7 Screen updating can be further improved by only redrawing lines that were |
2857 changed (and lines after them, when syntax highlighting was used, and it | |
2858 changed). | |
2859 - On each change, remember start and end of the change. | |
2860 - When inserting/deleting lines, remember begin, end, and line count. | |
2861 - Use macros/duarte/capicua for profiling. Nvi 1.71 is the fastest! | |
2862 - When using a file with one long line (1Mbyte), then do "$hhhh", is still | |
2863 very slow. Avoid calling getvcol() for each "h"? | |
2864 - Executing a register, e.g. "10000@@" is slow, because ins_typebuf has to | |
2865 move the previous commands forward each time. Pass count from | |
2866 normal_cmd() down to do_execreg(). | |
2867 - Repeating insert "1000i-<Esc>" displays --INSERT-- all the time, because of | |
2868 the <Esc> at the end. Make this work faster (disable redrawing). | |
2869 - Avoid calls to plines() for cursor line, use w_cline_height. | |
2870 - After ":set nowrap" remove superfluous redraw with wrong hor. offset if | |
2871 cursor is right of the screen. | |
2872 8 Make CTRL-C on Unix generate a signal, avoid using select() to check for a | |
2873 CTRL-C (it's slow). | |
2874 | |
2875 | |
2876 Code size: | |
2877 8 GUI: When NO_CONSOLE is defined, more code can be excluded. | |
2878 - Put getline() and cookie in a struct, so only one argument has to be | |
2879 passed to do_cmdline() and other functions. | |
2880 8 Make a GUI-only version for Unix? | |
2881 8 In buf_write _() isn't needed when setting errmsg, do it once when using | |
2882 it. | |
2883 7 When compiling with a GUI-only version, the code for cterm colors can be | |
2884 left out. | |
2885 8 When compiled with a GUI-only version, the termcap entries for terminals | |
2886 can be removed. | |
2887 8 Can the check for libelf in configure.in be removed? | |
2888 | |
2889 | |
2890 Messages: | |
2891 8 When using ":q" in a changed file, the error says to "add !". Add the | |
2892 command so that beginners understand it: "use :q!". | |
2893 8 For 'verbose' level 12 prints commands from source'ed files. How to skip | |
2894 lines that aren't executed? Perhaps move the echoing to do_cmdline()? | |
2895 8 Use 'report' for ":bdel"? (Krishna) To avoid these messages when using a | |
2896 script. | |
2897 - Delete message after new command has been entered and have waited for key. | |
2898 Perhaps after ten seconds? | |
2899 - Make message history available in "msg" variables: msg1, msg2, .. msg9. | |
1125 | 2900 8 When reading from stdin allow suppressing the "reading from stdin" |
2901 message. | |
7 | 2902 9 Check handling of overwriting of messages and delays: |
2903 Very wrong: errors while redrawing cause endless loop. | |
2904 When switching to another file and screen scrolls because of the long | |
2905 message and return must be typed, don't scroll the screen back before | |
2906 redrawing. | |
2907 8 When address range is wrong you only get "Invalid range". Be a bit more | |
2908 specific: Negative, beyond last line, reverse range? Include the text. | |
2909 8 Make it possible to ignore errors for a moment ('errorignore'?). Another | |
2910 option to switch off giving error messages ('errorquiet'?). Also an option | |
2911 not to give any messages ('quiet')? Or ":quiet on", ":quiet off". | |
2912 Careful: For a severe error (out of memory), and when the user starts | |
2913 typing, error messages must be switched back on. | |
2914 Also a flag to ignore error messages for shell commands (for mappings). | |
237 | 2915 - Option to set time for emsg() sleep. Interrupt sleep when key is typed? |
587 | 2916 Sleep before second message? |
7 | 2917 8 In Ex silent mode or when reading commands from a file, what exactly is |
2918 not printed and what is? Check ":print", ":set all", ":args", ":vers", | |
2919 etc. At least there should be no prompt. (Smulders) And don't clear the | |
2920 screen when reading commands from stdin. (Kendall) | |
2921 --> Make a difference between informative messages, prompts, etc. and | |
2922 error messages, printing text, etc. | |
2923 8 Window should be redrawn when resizing at the hit-enter prompt. | |
2924 Also at the ":tselect" prompt. Find a generic solution for redrawing when | |
2925 a prompt is present (with a callback function?). | |
2926 | |
2927 | |
2928 Screen updating: | |
2929 7 Add a string to the 'display' option to make CTRL-E and CTRL-Y scroll one | |
2930 screen line, also if this means the first line doesn't start with the | |
2931 first character (like what happens with a single line that doesn't fit). | |
2932 - screen_line(): | |
2933 - insert/delete character stuff. | |
2934 - improve delete rest of line (spaces at end of line). | |
2935 - When moving or resizing window, try to avoid a complete redraw (esp. when | |
2936 dragging the status line with the mouse). | |
2937 - When 'lazyredraw' set, don't echo :ex commands? Need a flag to redraw when | |
2938 waiting for a character. | |
2939 8 Add a ":refresh [winnr]" command, to force updating a window. Useful from | |
2940 an event handler where ":normal" can't be used. Also useful when | |
2941 'lazyredraw' is set in a mapping. | |
2942 7 Make 'list' and 'linebreak' work together. | |
2943 | |
2944 | |
2945 Scrolling: | |
2946 8 Add "zm" command: scroll horizontally to put the cursor in the middle. | |
2947 6 Add option to set the overlap for CTRL-F and CTRL-B. (Garhi) | |
2948 - extend 'scrollbind' option: 'scrollopt' words "search", "relative", etc.. | |
2949 Also 'e'xecute some commands (search, vertical movements) in all bound | |
2950 windows. | |
2951 7 Add 'scrollbind' feature to make the offset of one window with the next | |
2952 one equal to the window height. When editing one file in both windows it | |
2953 looks like each window displays a page of the buffer. | |
2954 - Allow scrolling by dragging with the mouse (grab a character and move it | |
2955 up/down). Like the "hand" in Acrobat reader. Use Alt-LeftMouse for this? | |
2956 (Goldfarb) | |
2957 - Add command to execute some commands (search, vertical movements) in all | |
2958 bound windows. | |
2959 - Add 'search' option to 'scrollopt' to allow 'scrollbind' windows to | |
2960 be bound by regexp searches | |
9 | 2961 - Add "z>" and "z<": scroll sideways one screenful. (Campbell) |
7 | 2962 - Add option to set the number of lines when not to scroll, instead of the |
2963 fixed number used now (for terminals that scroll slow with a large number | |
2964 of lines but not with a single line). | |
2965 | |
2966 | |
2967 Autoconf: | |
2968 8 Should use acconfig.h to define prototypes that are used by autoheader. | |
2969 8 Some compilers don't give an error for "-OPT:Olimit" but a warning. (Webb) | |
2970 Add a check for the warning, so that "Olimit" can be added automatically? | |
2971 - Autoconf: Use @datadir@ for the system independent files. Make sure the | |
2972 system dependent and system independent files are separated. (Leitner). | |
2973 - Add autoconf check for waitpid()/wait4(). | |
2974 - Remove fcntl() from autoconf, all systems have it? | |
2975 - Set default for 'dictionary', add search for dictionary to autoconf. | |
2976 | |
2977 | |
2978 Perl interface: | |
2979 8 Rename typemap file to something else? | |
2980 7 Make buffers accessed as Perl arrays. (Clark) | |
2981 7 Make it possible to compile with non-ANSI C? | |
2982 6 Tcl/Tk has the "load" command: load a shared library (.so or .dll). | |
2983 | |
2984 | |
2985 Shared libraries: | |
2986 6 Add support for loading shared libraries, and calling functions in it. | |
2987 :libload internal-name libname | |
2988 :libunload internal-name | |
2989 :liblist | |
2990 :libcall internal-name function(arg1, arg2, ...) | |
2991 :libcall function(arg1, arg2, ...) | |
2992 libcall() can have only one integer or String argument at the moment. | |
2993 6 Have a look on how Perl handles loading dynamic libraries. | |
2994 | |
2995 | |
2996 Tags: | |
824 | 2997 9 With ":set tags=./tags,../tags" and a tag appears in both tags files it is |
2998 added twice. Requires figuring out the actual file name for each found | |
2999 match. Remove tag_fname from the match and combine it with the fname in | |
3000 the match (without expanding or other things that take time). When | |
3001 'tagrelative' is off tag_fname isn't needed at all. | |
1668 | 3002 8 For 'tags' wildcard in the file name is not supported, only in the path. |
3003 This is due to it using |file-searching|. Suboptimal solution would be to | |
3004 make the filename or the whole option use |wildcards| globing, better | |
2324
0a258a67051d
In Visual mode with 'showcmd' display the number of bytes and characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2320
diff
changeset
|
3005 would be to merge the 2 kinds of globing. originally (Erik Falor, 2008 |
1668 | 3006 April 18), updated (Ian Kelling, 2008 July 4) |
857 | 3007 8 Use a mechanism similar to omni completion to figure out the kind of tab |
3008 for CTRL-] and jump to the appropriate matching tag (if there are | |
3009 several). | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3010 Alternative: be able to define a function that takes the tag name and uses |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3011 taglist() to find the right location. With indication of using CTRL-] so |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3012 that the context can be taken into account. (Robert Webb) |
667 | 3013 7 Can CTRL-] (jump to tag) include a following "." and "->" to restrict the |
3014 number of possible matches? Check tags file for an item that has members. | |
3015 (Flemming Madsen) | |
7 | 3016 8 Scope arguments for ":tag", e.g.: ":tag class:cPage open", like Elvis. |
3017 8 When output of ":tselect" is long, getting the more-prompt, should be able | |
3018 to type the tag number directly. | |
3019 7 Add the possibility to use the "-t {tag}" argument multiple times. Open a | |
3020 window for each tag. | |
3021 7 Make output of ":tselect" a bit nicer. Use highlighting? | |
3022 7 Highlight the "tag 1 of >2" message. New highlight group, or same as "hit | |
3023 bottom" search message. | |
3024 7 When using ":tag" at the top of the tag stack, should add another entry, | |
3025 so CTRL-T can bring you back to where you are now AND to where you were | |
3026 before the previous ":tag" command. (Webb) | |
150 | 3027 - When doing "[^I" or "[^D" add position to tag stack. |
3028 - Add command to put current position to tag stack: ":tpush". | |
1125 | 3029 - Add functions to save and restore the tag stack? Or a command to switch |
3030 to another tag stack? So that you can do something else and come back to | |
3031 what you were working on. | |
7 | 3032 7 When using CTRL-] on someClass::someMethod, separate class from method and |
3033 use ":ta class:someClass someMethod". | |
3034 Include C++ tags changes (Bertin). Change "class::func" tag into "func" | |
3035 with "class=class"? Docs in oldmail/bertin/in.xxx. | |
3036 7 Add ":tagargs", to set values for fields: | |
3037 :tagargs class:someclass file:version.c | |
3038 :tagargs clear | |
3039 These are then the default values (changes the order of priority in tag | |
3040 matching). | |
3041 7 Support for "gtags" and "global"? With ":rtag" command? | |
3042 There is an example for how to do this in Nvi. | |
3043 Or do it like Elvis: 'tagprg' and 'tagprgonce' options. (Yamaguchi) | |
3044 The Elvis method is far more flexible, do it that way. | |
3045 7 Support "col:99" extra field, to position the cursor in that column. With | |
3046 a flag in 'cpoptions' to switch it off again. | |
3047 7 Better support for jumping to where a function or variable is used. Use | |
3048 the id-utils, with a connection to "gid" (Emacs can do it too). Add | |
3049 ":idselect", which uses an "ID" database (made by "mkid") like "tselect". | |
3050 | |
3051 | |
3052 Win32 GUI: | |
3053 8 Make debug mode work while starting up (vim -D). Open console window for | |
3054 the message and input? | |
3055 7 The Python interface only works with one version of Python, selected at | |
3056 compile time. Can this be made to work with version 2.1 and 2.2 | |
3057 dynamically? | |
3058 7 GvimExt: when there are several existing Vims, move the list to a submenu. | |
3059 (Mike McCollister) | |
3060 8 When using "Edit with Vim" for one file it changes directory, when several | |
3061 files are selected and using "Edit with single Vim" the directory isn't | |
3062 changed. At least change directory when the path is the same for all | |
3063 files. Perhaps just use the path of the first file or use the longest | |
3064 common part of the path. | |
3065 8 Add font argument to set the lfCharSet. (Bobcik) | |
3066 8 Somehow automatically detect the system language and set $LANG, so that | |
3067 gettext and menus work. | |
3068 8 Could keep console open to run multiple commands, to avoid the need to hit | |
3069 return in every console. | |
2207
b17bbfa96fa0
Add the settabvar() and gettabvar() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2206
diff
changeset
|
3070 Also: Look at how Emacs does run external commands: |
7 | 3071 http://www.cs.washington.edu/homes/voelker/ntemacs.html. |
3072 8 Need a separate PopUp menu for modeless selection. Need two new commands: | |
3073 Copy selection to clipboard, Paste selection (as typed text). | |
3074 8 Support copy/paste for other file formats. At least HTML, perhaps RTF. | |
3075 Add "copy special" and "paste special" commands? | |
3076 7 Use different default colors, to match the current Windows color scheme. | |
3077 Sys_WindowText, Sys_Window, etc. (Lionel Schaffhauser) | |
3078 7 Use <C-Tab> to cycle through open windows (e.g., the find dialog). | |
3079 7 <Esc> should close a dialog. | |
3080 7 Keep the console for external commands open. Don't wait for a key to be | |
3081 hit. Re-open it when the user has closed it anyway. Or use a prepended | |
3082 command: ":nowait {cmd}", or ":quiet", which executes {cmd} without any | |
3083 prompts. | |
3084 7 Should be able to set an option so that when you double click a file that | |
3085 is associated with Vim, you can either get a new instance of Vim, or have | |
3086 the file added into an already running Vim. | |
3087 7 The "-P" argument only works for the current codepage. Use wide | |
3088 functions to find the window title. | |
3089 | |
3090 | |
3091 GUI: | |
3092 8 Make inputdialog() work for Photon, Amiga, RiscOS. | |
3093 - <C--> cannot be mapped. Should be possible to recognize this as a | |
3094 normal "-" with the Ctrl modifier. | |
3095 7 Implement ":popup" for other systems than Windows. | |
3096 8 Implement ":tearoff" for other systems than Win32 GUI. | |
3097 6 Implement ":untearoff": hide a torn-off menu. | |
3098 8 When using the scrollbar to scroll, don't move the cursor position. When | |
3099 moving the cursor: scroll to the cursor position. | |
3100 9 Make <S-Insert> paste from the clipboard by default. (Kunze) | |
3101 7 Menu local to a buffer, like mappings. Or local to a filetype? | |
3102 8 In Buffers menu, add a choice whether selecting a buffer opens it in the | |
3103 current window, splits the window or uses ":hide". | |
3104 8 Dragging the mouse pointer outside of a Vim Window should make the text | |
3105 scroll. Return a value from gui_send_mouse_event() to the machine | |
3106 specific code to indicate the time in which the event should be repeated. | |
3107 8 Make it possible to ignore a mouse click when it's used to give Vim (gvim) | |
3108 window focus. Also when a mouse click is used to bring a window to front. | |
3109 8 Make the split into system independent code and system specific code more | |
3110 explicit. There are too many #ifdefs in gui.c. | |
3111 If possible, separate the Vim code completely from the GUI code, to allow | |
3112 running them in separate processes. | |
3113 7 X11: Support cursorColor resource and "-cr" argument. | |
3114 8 X11 (and others): CTRL-; is not different from ';'. Set the modifier mask | |
3115 to include CTRL for keys where CTRL produces the same ASCII code. | |
471 | 3116 7 Add some code to handle proportional fonts on more systems? Need to draw |
3117 each character separately (like xterm). Also for when a double-width font | |
3118 is not exactly double-width. (Maeda) | |
7 | 3119 8 Should take font from xterm where gvim was started (if no other default). |
3120 8 Selecting font names in X11 is difficult, make a script or something to | |
70 | 3121 select one. |
7 | 3122 8 Visual highlighting should keep the same font (bold, italic, etc.). |
3123 8 Add flag to 'guioptions' to not put anything in the clipboard at all? | |
3124 8 Should support a way to use keys that we don't recognize yet. Add a | |
3125 command that adds entries to special_keys somehow. How do we make this | |
3126 portable (X11, Win32, ..)? | |
3127 7 Add a flag to 'guioptions' that tells not to remove inactive menu items. | |
3128 For systems where greying-out or removing menu items is very slow. The | |
3129 menu items would remain visibly normally, but not do anything. | |
3130 7 Add ":minimize" and ":maximize", which iconize the window and back. | |
3131 Useful when using gvim to run a script (e.g. 2html.vim). | |
3132 7 X11: Is it possible to free allocated colors, so that other programs can | |
3133 use them again? Otherwise, allow disabling allocating the default colors. | |
3134 Or allocate an own colormap (check UAE). With an option to use it. For | |
3135 the commandline, "-install" is mostly used for X11 programs. | |
3136 7 Add command line argument for "gvim" not to start the GUI. Sort of the | |
3137 inverse of "vim -g". (Vikas) | |
3138 7 Should support multi-column menus. | |
3139 - Should add option for where to put the "Help" menu: like Motif at the far | |
3140 right, or with the other menus (but still at the right). | |
3141 - Add menu item to "Keep Insert mode". | |
3142 8 ":mkgvimrc" command, that includes menus. | |
3143 6 Big change: Move GUI to separate program "vimgui", to make startup of vim a | |
3144 lot faster, but still be able to do "vim -g" or ":gui". | |
3145 7 More explicit mouse button binding instead of 'mousemodel'? | |
3146 7 Add option to set the position of the window on the screen. 'windowpos', | |
3147 which has a value of "123,456": <x>,<y>. | |
3148 Or add a command, like ":winsize"? | |
3149 7 Add toolbar for more GUIs. | |
3150 8 Make it possible to use "amenu icon=BuiltIn##", so that the toolbar item | |
3151 name can be chosen free. | |
3152 7 Make it possible to put the toolbar on top, left, right and/or bottom of | |
3153 the window? Allows for softkey-like use. | |
3154 6 Separate the part of Vim that does the editing from the part that runs the | |
3155 GUI. Communicate through a pseudo-tty. Vim starts up, creates a | |
3156 pty that is connected to the terminal. When the GUI starts, the pty is | |
3157 reconnected to the GUI process. When the GUI stops, it is connected to | |
3158 the terminal again. Also use the pty for external processes, it looks | |
3159 like a vt100 terminal to them. Vim uses extra commands to communicate GUI | |
3160 things. | |
3161 7 Motif: For a confirm() dialog <Enter> should be ignored when no default | |
3162 button selected, <Esc> should close the dialog. | |
3163 7 When using a pseudo-tty Vim should behave like some terminal (vt52 looks | |
237 | 3164 simple enough). Terminal codes to/from shell should be translated. |
7 | 3165 - Would it be useful to be able to quit the GUI and go back to the terminal |
3166 where it was started from? | |
3167 7 Support "-visual <type>" command line argument. | |
3168 | |
3169 | |
3170 Autocommands: | |
713 | 3171 - Put autocommand event names in a hashtable for faster lookup? |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3172 8 When the SwapExists event is triggered, provide information about the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3173 swap file, e.g., whether the process is running, file was modified, etc. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3174 Must be possible to check the situation that it's probably OK to delete |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3175 the swap file. (Marc Merlin) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3176 8 When all the patterns for an event are "*" there is no need to expand |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3177 buffer names to a full path. This can be slow for NFS. |
40 | 3178 7 For autocommand events that trigger multiple times per buffer (e.g., |
3179 CursorHold), go through the list once and cache the result for a specific | |
3180 buffer. Invalidate the cache when adding/deleting autocommands or | |
3181 changing the buffer name. | |
7 | 3182 8 Add ScriptReadCmd event: used to load remote Vim scripts, e.g. |
3183 "vim -u http://mach/path/vimrc". | |
271 | 3184 7 Add TagJump event: do something after jumping to a tag. |
662 | 3185 8 Add "TagJumpFile" autocommand: When jumping to another file for a tag. |
3186 Can be used to open "main.c.gz" when "main.c" isn't found. | |
7 | 3187 8 Use another option than 'updatetime' for the CursorHold event. The two |
3188 things are unrelated for the user (but the implementation is more | |
3189 difficult). | |
662 | 3190 7 Add autocommand event for when a buffer cannot be abandoned. So that the |
3191 user can define the action taking (autowrite, dialog, fail) based on the | |
3192 kind of file. (Yakov Lerner) Or is BufLeave sufficient? | |
7 | 3193 8 Autocommand for when modified files have been found, when getting input |
3194 focus again (e.g., FileChangedFocus). | |
3195 Check when: getting focus, jumping to another buffer, ... | |
1125 | 3196 7 Autocommand for when an option is changed. Match buffer name or option |
3197 name? | |
662 | 3198 8 Autocommands should not change registers. And marks? And the jumplist? |
3199 And anything else? Add a command to save and restore these things. | |
7 | 3200 8 Add autocommands, user functions and user commands to ":mkvimrc". |
3201 6 Add KeymapChanged event, so that the effects of a different keymap can be | |
3202 handled (e.g., other font) (Ron Aaron) | |
662 | 3203 7 When trying to open a directory, trigger an OpenDirectory event. |
7 | 3204 7 Add file type in front of file pattern: <d> for directory, <l> for link, |
3205 <x> for executable, etc. <&xxx> for Risc OS. With commas to separate | |
3206 alternatives. The autocommand is only executed when both the file type | |
3207 AND the file pattern match. (Leonard) | |
3208 5 Add option that specifies extensions which are to be discarded from the | |
3209 file name. E.g. 'ausuffix', with ".gz,.orig". Such that file.c.gz will | |
3210 trigger the "*.c" autocommands. (Belabas) | |
3211 7 Add something to break the autocommands for the current event, and for | |
3212 what follows. Useful for a "BufWritePre" that wants to avoid writing the | |
3213 file. | |
3214 8 When editing "tt.gz", which is in DOS format, 'fileformat' stays at | |
3215 "unix", thus writing the file changes it. Somehow detect that the read | |
3216 command used dos fileformat. Same for 'fileencoding'. | |
3217 - Add events to autocommands: | |
3218 Error - When an error happens | |
3219 NormalEnter - Entering Normal mode | |
3220 ReplaceEnter - Entering Replace mode | |
838 | 3221 CmdEnter - Entering Cmdline mode (with type of cmdline to allow |
3222 different mapping) | |
7 | 3223 VisualEnter - Entering Visual mode |
11 | 3224 *Leave - Leaving a mode (in pair with the above *Enter) |
17 | 3225 VimLeaveCheck - Before Vim decides to exit, so that it can be cancelled |
3226 when exiting isn't a good idea. | |
1125 | 3227 CursorHoldC - CursorHold while command-line editing |
26 | 3228 WinMoved - when windows have been moved around, e.g, ":wincmd J" |
7 | 3229 CmdUndefined - Like FuncUndefined but for user commands. |
3230 SearchPost - After doing a search command (e.g. to do "M") | |
3231 PreDirChanged/PostDirChanged | |
3232 - Before/after ":cd" has been used (for changing the | |
3233 window title) | |
3234 BufReadAction - replaces reading a file | |
3235 BufWriteAction - replaces writing a file | |
3236 ShutDown - when the system is about to shut down | |
3237 InsertCharPre - user typed character Insert mode, before inserting the | |
3238 char. Pattern is matched with text before the cursor. | |
3239 Set v:char to the character, can be changed. | |
3240 (not triggered when 'paste' is set). | |
3241 InsertCharPost - user typed a character in Insert mode, after inserting | |
3242 the char. | |
3243 BufModified - When a buffer becomes modified, or unmodified (for | |
3244 putting a [+] in the window title or checking out the | |
3245 file from CVS). | |
3246 BufFirstChange - When making a change, when 'modified' is set. Can be | |
3247 used to do a :preserve for remote files. | |
3248 BufChange - after a change was made. Set some variables to indicate | |
3249 the position and number of inserted/deleted lines, so | |
3250 that marks can be updated. HierAssist has patch to add | |
3251 BufChangePre, BufChangePost and RevertBuf. (Shah) | |
1125 | 3252 ViewChanged - triggered when the text scrolls and when the window size |
3253 changes. | |
3254 WinResized - After a window has been resized | |
3255 WinClose - Just before closing a window | |
620 | 3256 - Write the file now and then ('autosave'): |
7 | 3257 *'autosave'* *'as'* *'noautosave'* *'noas'* |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3258 'autosave' 'as' number (default 0) |
7 | 3259 Automatically write the current buffer to file N seconds after the |
3260 last change has been made and when |'modified'| is still set. | |
3261 Default: 0 = do not autosave the buffer. | |
3262 Alternative: have 'autosave' use 'updatetime' and 'updatecount' but make | |
3263 them save the file itself besides the swapfile. | |
3264 | |
3265 | |
725 | 3266 Omni completion: |
1668 | 3267 - Add a flag to 'complete' to be able to do omni completion with CTRL-N (and |
3268 mix it with other kinds of completion). | |
725 | 3269 - Ideas from the Vim 7 BOF at SANE: |
3270 - For interpreted languages, use the interpreter to obtain information. | |
3271 Should work for Java (Eclipse does this), Python, Tcl, etc. | |
3272 Richard Emberson mentioned working on an interface to Java. | |
3273 - Check Readline for its completion interface. | |
3274 - Ideas from others: | |
3275 http://www.wholetomato.com/ | |
3276 http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=747 | |
3277 http://sourceforge.net/projects/insenvim | |
3278 or http://insenvim.sourceforge.net | |
3279 Java, XML, HTML, C++, JSP, SQL, C# | |
3280 MS-Windows only, lots of dependencies (e.g. Perl, Internet | |
3281 explorer), uses .dll shared libraries. | |
3282 For C++ uses $INCLUDE environment var. | |
3283 Uses Perl for C++. | |
3284 Uses ctags to find the info: | |
3285 ctags -f $allTagsFile --fields=+aiKmnsSz --language-force=C++ --C++-kinds=+cefgmnpsut-dlux -u $files | |
3286 www.vim.org script 1213 (Java Development Environment) (Fuchuan Wang) | |
3287 IComplete: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1265 | |
3288 and http://stud4.tuwien.ac.at/~e0125672/icomplete/ | |
3289 http://cedet.sourceforge.net/intellisense.shtml (for Emacs) | |
3290 Ivan Villanueva has something for Java. | |
2174
755eb92c5961
Move items around in the todo list.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
3291 Emacs: http://www.xref-tech.com/xrefactory/more_c_completion.html |
725 | 3292 Completion in .NET framework SharpDevelop: http://www.icsharpcode.net |
3293 - Pre-expand abbreviations, show which abbrevs would match? | |
3294 | |
3295 | |
7 | 3296 Insert mode completion/expansion: |
713 | 3297 - GUI implementation of the popup menu. |
860 | 3298 7 When searching in other files the name flash by, too fast to read. Only |
3299 display a name every second or so, like with ":vimgrep". | |
1668 | 3300 7 When expanding file names with an environment variable, add the match with |
3301 the unexpanded var. So $HOME/tm expands to "/home/guy/tmp" and | |
3302 "$HOME/tmp" | |
7 | 3303 8 When there is no word before the cursor but something like "sys." complete |
3304 with "sys.". Works well for C and similar languages. | |
3305 9 ^X^L completion doesn't repeat correctly. It uses the first match with | |
3306 the last added line, instead of continuing where the last match ended. | |
3307 (Webb) | |
3308 8 Add option to set different behavior for Insert mode completion: | |
3309 - ignore/match case | |
3310 - different characters than 'iskeyword' | |
1125 | 3311 8 Add option 'isexpand', containing characters when doing expansion (so that |
3312 "." and "\" can be included, without changing 'iskeyword'). (Goldfarb) | |
3313 Also: 'istagword': characters used for CTRL-]. | |
3314 When 'isexpand' or 'istagword' are empty, use 'iskeyword'. | |
3315 Alternative: Use a pattern so that start and end of a keyword can be | |
3316 defined, only allow dash in the middle, etc. | |
7 | 3317 8 Add a command to undo the completion, go back to the original text. |
471 | 3318 7 Completion of an abbreviation: Can leave letters out, like what Instant |
3319 text does: www.textware.com | |
7 | 3320 8 Use the class information in the tags file to do context-sensitive |
3321 completion. After "foo." complete all member functions/variables of | |
3322 "foo". Need to search backwards for the class definition of foo. | |
3323 Should work for C++ and Java. | |
3324 Even more context would be nice: "import java.^N" -> "io", "lang", etc. | |
3325 7 When expanding $HOME/dir with ^X^F keep the $HOME (with an option?). | |
3326 7 Add CTRL-X command in Insert mode like CTRL-X CTRL-N, that completes WORDS | |
3327 instead of words. | |
3328 8 Add CTRL-X CTRL-R: complete words from register contents. | |
3329 8 Add completion of previously inserted texts (like what CTRL-A does). | |
3330 Requires remembering a number of insertions. | |
3331 8 Add 'f' flag to 'complete': Expand file names. | |
3332 Also apply 'complete' to whole line completion. | |
1624 | 3333 - Add a flag to 'complete' to only scan local header files, not system |
3334 header files. (Andri Moell) | |
7 | 3335 - Make it possible to search include files in several places. Use the |
3336 'path' option? Can this be done with the dictionary completion (use | |
3337 wildcards in the file name)? | |
3338 - Make CTRL-X CTRL-K do a binary search in the dictionary (if it's sorted). | |
3339 - Speed up CTRL-X CTRL-K dictionary searching (don't use a regexp?). | |
3340 - Set a mark at the position where the match was found (file mark, could | |
3341 be in another file). | |
3342 - Add CTRL-A command in CTRL-X mode: show all matches. | |
3343 - Make CTRL-X CTRL-L use the 'complete' option? | |
3344 - Add command in CTRL-X mode to add following words to the completed string | |
3345 (e.g. to complete "Pointer->element" with CTRL-X CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-W) | |
3346 - CTRL-X CTRL-F: Use 'path' to find completions. | |
3347 - CTRL-X CTRL-F: Option to use forward slashes on MS-Windows? | |
3348 - CTRL-X CTRL-F: Don't replace "$VIM" with the actual value. (Kelly) | |
3349 - Allow listing all matches in some way (and picking one from the list). | |
3350 | |
3351 | |
3352 Command line editing: | |
3353 7 Add commands (keys) to delete from the cursor to the end of the command | |
3354 line. | |
3355 8 Custom completion of user commands can't use the standard completion | |
3356 functions. Add a hook to invoke a user function that returns the type of | |
3357 completion to be done: "file", "tag", "custom", etc. | |
3358 - Add flags to 'whichwrap' for command line editing (cursor right at end of | |
3359 lines wraps to start of line). | |
3360 - Make editing the command line work like Insert mode in a single-line view | |
3361 on a buffer that contains the command line history. But this has many | |
3362 disadvantages, only implement it when these can be solved. Elvis has run | |
3363 into these, see remarks from Steve (~/Mail/oldmail/kirkendall/in.00012). | |
3364 - Going back in history and editing a line there would change the history. | |
3365 Would still need to keep a copy of the history elsewhere. Like the | |
3366 cmdwin does now already. | |
3367 - Use CTRL-O to execute one Normal mode command. How to switch to normal | |
3368 mode for more commands? <Esc> should cancel the command line. CTRL-T? | |
3369 - To allow "/" and "= need to recursively call getcmdline(), overwrite the | |
3370 cmdline. But then we are editing a command-line again. How to avoid | |
3371 that the user gets confused by the stack of command lines? | |
3372 - Use edit() for normal cmdline editing? Would have to integrate | |
3373 getcmdline() into edit(). Need to solve conflicts between Insert mode | |
3374 and Command-line mode commands. Make it work like Korn shell and tcsh. | |
3375 Problems: | |
3376 - Insert: completion with 'wildchar' | |
3377 - Insert: use cmdline abbreviations | |
3378 - Insert: CTRL-D deletes indent instead of listing matches | |
3379 - Normal: no CTRL-W commands | |
3380 - Normal: no ":" commands? | |
3381 - Normal: allow Visual mode only within one line. | |
3382 - where to show insert/normal mode message? Change highlighting of | |
3383 character in first column? | |
3384 - Implementation ideas: | |
3385 - Set "curwin" and "curbuf" to the command line window and buffer. | |
3386 - curwin->w_topline is always equal to curwin->w_cursor.lnum. | |
3387 - never set 'number', no folding, etc. No status line. | |
3388 - sync undo after entering a command line? | |
3389 - use NV_NOCL flag for commands that are not allowed in Command-line | |
3390 Mode. | |
3391 | |
3392 | |
3393 Command line completion: | |
1624 | 3394 8 Completing ":r ~br" should find matching user names. |
7 | 3395 8 Change expand_interactively into a flag that is passed as an argument. |
3396 8 With command line completion after '%' and '#', expand current/alternate | |
3397 file name, so it can be edited. Also with modifiers, such as "%:h". | |
3398 8 When completing command names, either sort them on the long name, or list | |
3399 them with the optional part inside []. | |
1624 | 3400 8 Add an option to ignore case when doing interactive completion. So that |
3401 ":e file<Tab>" also lists "Filelist" (sorted after matching case matches). | |
7 | 3402 7 Completion of ":map x ": fill in the current mapping, so that it can be |
3403 edited. (Sven Guckes) | |
3404 - For 'wildmenu': Simplify "../bar" when possible. | |
3405 - When using <Up> in wildmenu mode for a submenu, should go back to the | |
3406 current menu, not the first one. E.g., ":emenu File.Save<Up>". | |
3407 8 When using backtick expansion, the external command may write a greeting | |
3408 message. Add an option or commands to remove lines that match a regexp? | |
3409 7 When listing matches of files, display the common path separately from the | |
3410 file names, if this makes the listing shorter. (Webb) | |
3411 - Add command line completion for ":ilist" and friends, show matching | |
3412 identifiers (Webb). | |
3413 8 Add command line completion for "old value" of a command. ":args <key>" | |
3414 would result in the current list of arguments, which you can then edit. | |
3415 7 Add command line completion with CTRL-X, just like Insert mode completion. | |
3416 Useful for ":s/word/xx/". | |
3417 - Add command to go back to the text as it was before completion started. | |
3418 Also to be used for <Up> in the command line. | |
3419 - Add 'wildlongest' option: Key to use to find longest common match for | |
3420 command line completion (default CTRL-L), like 'wildchar'. (Cregut) | |
3421 Also: when there are several matches, show them line a CTRL-D. | |
3422 | |
3423 | |
3424 Command line history: | |
222 | 3425 9 Remember which command lines were actually typed and were not loaded from |
3426 viminfo. When writing viminfo append only these lines, so that lines from | |
3427 other Vim's are not overwritten. | |
7 | 3428 - Add "KeyWasTyped" flag: It's reset before each command and set when a |
3429 character from the keyboard is consumed. Value is used to decide to put a | |
3430 command line in history or not. Put line in history if it didn't | |
3431 completely resulted from one mapping. | |
3432 - When using ":browse", also put the resulting edit command in the history, | |
3433 so that it can be repeated. (Demirel) | |
3434 | |
3435 | |
3436 Insert mode: | |
10 | 3437 9 When 'autoindent' is set, hitting <CR> twice, while there is text after |
3438 the cursor, doesn't delete the autoindent in the resulting blank line. | |
3439 (Rich Wales) This is Vi compatible, but it looks like a bug. | |
7 | 3440 8 When using CTRL-O in Insert mode, then executing an insert command |
3441 "a" or "i", should we return to Insert mode after <Esc>? (Eggink) | |
3442 Perhaps it can be allowed a single time, to be able to do | |
3443 "<C-O>10axyz<Esc>". Nesting this further is confusing. | |
3444 ":map <F2> 5aabc<Esc>" works only once from Insert mode. | |
1624 | 3445 8 When using CTRL-G CTRL-O do like CTRL-\ CTRL-O, but when returning with |
3446 the cursor in the same position and the text didn't change continue the | |
3447 same change, so that "." repeats the whole insert. | |
7 | 3448 7 Use CTRL-G <count> to repeat what follows. Useful for inserting a |
3449 character multiple times or repeating CTRL-Y. | |
1668 | 3450 - Make 'revins' work in Replace mode. |
7 | 3451 7 Use 'matchpairs' for 'showmatch': When inserting a character check if it |
3452 appears in the rhs of 'matchpairs'. | |
3453 - In Insert mode (and command line editing?): Allow undo of the last typed | |
3454 character. This is useful for CTRL-U, CTRL-W, delete and backspace, and | |
3455 also for characters that wrap to the next line. | |
3456 Also: be able to undo CTRL-R (insert register). | |
3457 Possibly use 'backspace'="whole" for a mode where at least a <CR> that | |
3458 inserts autoindent is undone by a single <BS>. | |
3459 - Use CTRL-G in Insert mode for an extra range of commands, like "g" in | |
3460 Normal mode. | |
3461 - Make 'paste' work without resetting other options, but override their | |
3462 value. Avoids problems when changing files and modelines or autocommands | |
3463 are used. | |
3464 - When typing CTRL-V and a digit higher than 2, only expect two digits. | |
3465 - Insert binary numbers with CTRL-V b. | |
3466 - Make it possible to undo <BS>, <C-W> and <C-U>. Bash uses CTRL-Y. | |
3467 | |
3468 | |
3469 'cindent', 'smartindent': | |
1624 | 3470 9 ") :" confuses continuation line: (Colin Bennett, 2007 Dec 14) |
3471 cout << "a" | |
3472 << ") :" | |
3473 << "y"; | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3474 9 "} else" causes following lines to be indented too much. (Rouben |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3475 Rostamian, 2008 Aug 30) |
1125 | 3476 8 Lisp indenting: "\\" confuses the indenter. (Dorai Sitaram, 2006 May 17) |
1624 | 3477 8 Why are continuation lines outside of a {} block not indented? E.g.: |
3478 long_type foo = | |
3479 value; | |
7 | 3480 8 Java: Inside an anonymous class, after an "else" or "try" the indent is |
3481 too small. (Vincent Bergbauer) | |
832 | 3482 Problem of using {} inside (), 'cindent' doesn't work then. |
7 | 3483 8 In C++ it's possible to have {} inside (): (Kirshna) |
3484 func( | |
3485 new String[] { | |
3486 "asdf", | |
3487 "asdf" | |
3488 } | |
3489 ); | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3490 8 In C++ a function isn't recognized inside a namespace: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3491 (Chow Loong Jin) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3492 namespace { |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3493 int |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3494 func(int arg) { |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3495 } |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3496 } |
1125 | 3497 6 Add 'cino' flag for this function argument layout: (Spencer Collyer) |
3498 func( arg1 | |
3499 , arg2 | |
3500 , arg3 | |
3501 ); | |
829 | 3502 7 Add separate "(0" option into inside/outside a function (Zellner): |
7 | 3503 func( |
3504 int x) // indent like "(4" | |
3505 { | |
3506 if (a | |
3507 && b) // indent like "(0" | |
3508 9 Using "{" in a comment: (Helmut Stiegler) | |
3509 if (a) | |
3510 { | |
3511 if (b) | |
3512 { | |
3513 // { | |
3514 } | |
3515 } <-- this is indented incorrect | |
829 | 3516 Problem is that find_start_brace() checks for the matching brace to be in |
3517 a comment, but not braces in between. Requires adding a comment check to | |
3518 findmatchlimit(). | |
237 | 3519 - Make smartindenting configurable. Add 'sioptions', e.g. '#' setting the |
7 | 3520 indent to 0 should be switched on/off. |
3521 7 Support ANSI style function header, with each argument on its own line. | |
3522 - "[p" and "]p" should use 'cindent' code if it's on (only for the first | |
3523 line). | |
3524 - Add option to 'cindent' to set indent for comments outside of {}? | |
3525 - Make a command to line up a comment after a code line with a previous | |
3526 comment after a code line. Can 'cindent' do this automatically? | |
3527 7 Add 'j' flag to 'formatoptions': Remove comment leader when joining lines. | |
3528 - When 'cindent'ing a '}', showmatch is done before fixing the indent. It | |
3529 looks better when the indent is fixed before the showmatch. (Webb) | |
3530 - Add option to make indenting work in comments too (for commented-out | |
3531 code), unless the line starts with "*". | |
3532 - Don't use 'cindent' when doing formatting with "gq"? | |
3533 - When formatting a comment after some text, insert the '*' for the new line | |
3534 (indent is correct if 'cindent' is set, but '*' doesn't get inserted). | |
3535 8 When 'comments' has both "s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/" and "s1:(*,mb:*,ex:*)", the | |
3536 'x' flag always uses the first match. Need to continue looking for more | |
3537 matches of "*" and remember all characters that could end the comment. | |
3538 - For smartindent: When typing 'else' line it up with matching 'if'. | |
3539 - 'smartindent': allow patterns in 'cinwords', for e.g. TeX files, where | |
3540 lines start with "\item". | |
3541 - Support this style of comments (with an option): (Brown) | |
3542 /* here is a comment that | |
3543 is just autoindented, and | |
3544 nothing else */ | |
3545 - Add words to 'cinwords' to reduce the indent, e.g., "end" or "fi". | |
3546 7 Use Tabs for the indent of starting lines, pad with spaces for | |
3547 continuation lines. Allows changing 'tabstop' without messing up the | |
3548 indents. | |
829 | 3549 'keeptabs': when set don't change the tabs and spaces used for indent, |
3550 when the indent remains the same or increases. | |
7 | 3551 |
3552 | |
3553 Java: | |
3554 8 Can have {} constructs inside parens. Include changes from Steve | |
3555 Odendahl? | |
3556 8 Recognize "import java.util.Vector" and use $CLASSPATH to find files for | |
3557 "[i" commands and friends. | |
3558 - For files found with 'include': handle "*" in included name, for Java. | |
3559 (Jason) | |
3560 - How to make a "package java.util" cause all classes in the package to be | |
3561 searched? Also for "import java.util.*". (Mark Brophy) | |
3562 | |
3563 | |
3564 'comments': | |
3565 8 When formatting C comments that are after code, the "*" isn't repeated | |
3566 like it's done when there is no code. And there is no automatic wrapping. | |
3567 Recognize comments that come after code. Should insert the comment leader | |
3568 when it's "#" or "//". | |
121 | 3569 Other way around: when a C command starts with "* 4" the "*" is repeated |
3570 while it should not. Use syntax HL comment recognition? | |
7 | 3571 7 When using "comments=fg:--", Vim inserts three spaces for a new line. |
3572 When hitting a TAB, these spaces could be removed. | |
3573 7 The 'n'esting flag doesn't do the indenting of the last (rightmost) item. | |
3574 6 Make strings in 'comments' option a RE, to be able to match more | |
3575 complicated things. (Phillipps) Use a special flag to indicate that a | |
3576 regexp is used. | |
3577 8 Make the 'comments' option with "/* * */" lines only repeat the "*" line | |
3578 when there is a "/*" before it? Or include this in 'cindent'? | |
3579 | |
3580 | |
3581 Virtual edit: | |
3582 8 Make the horizontal scrollbar work to move the text further left. | |
3583 7 Allow specifying it separately for Tabs and beyond end-of-line? | |
3584 | |
3585 | |
3586 Text objects: | |
1624 | 3587 8 Add text object for fold, so that it can be yanked when it's open. |
7 | 3588 8 Add test script for text object commands "aw", "iW", etc. |
1280 | 3589 8 Add text object for part of a CamelHumpedWord and under_scored_word. |
164 | 3590 (Scott Graham) "ac" and "au"? |
169 | 3591 8 Add a text object for any kind of quoting, also with multi-byte |
3592 characters. Option to specify what quotes are recognized (default: all) | |
170 | 3593 use "aq" and "iq". Use 'quotepairs' to define pairs of quotes, like |
3594 'matchpairs'? | |
169 | 3595 8 Add text object for any kind of parens, also multi-byte ones. |
7 | 3596 7 Add text object for current search pattern: "a/" and "i/". Makes it |
3597 possible to turn text highlighted for 'hlsearch' into a Visual area. | |
1624 | 3598 8 Add a way to make an ":omap" for a user-defined text object. Requires |
3599 changing the starting position in oap->start. | |
7 | 3600 8 Add "gp" and "gP" commands: insert text and make sure there is a single |
3601 space before it, unless at the start of the line, and after it, unless at | |
3602 the end of the line or before a ".". | |
3603 7 Add objects with backwards extension? Use "I" and "A". Thus "2dAs" | |
3604 deletes the current and previous sentence. (Jens Paulus) | |
3605 7 Add "g{" and "g}" to move to the first/last character of a paragraph | |
3606 (instead of the line just before/after a paragraph as with "{" and "}"). | |
3607 6 Ignore comment leaders for objects. Make "das" work in reply-email. | |
3608 5 Make it possible to use syntax group matches as a text object. For | |
3609 example, define a "ccItem" group, then do "da<ccItem>" to delete one. | |
3610 Or, maybe just define "dai", delete-an-item, to delete the syntax item the | |
3611 cursor is on. | |
3612 | |
3613 | |
3614 Select mode: | |
3615 8 In blockwise mode, typed characters are inserted in front of the block, | |
3616 backspace deletes a column before the block. (Steve Hall) | |
3617 7 Alt-leftmouse starts block mode selection in MS Word. | |
3618 See http://www.vim.org/tips/tip.php?tip_id=743 | |
3619 7 Add Cmdline-select mode. Like Select mode, but used on the command line. | |
3620 - Change gui_send_mouse_event() to pass on mouse events when 'mouse' | |
3621 contains 'C' or 'A'. | |
3622 - Catch mouse events in ex_getln.c. Also shift-cursor, etc., like in | |
3623 normal_cmd(). | |
3624 - remember start and end of selection in cmdline_info. | |
3625 - Typing text replaces the selection. | |
3626 | |
3627 | |
3628 Visual mode: | |
3629 - When dragging the Visual selection with the mouse and 'scrolloff' is zero, | |
3630 behave like 'scrolloff' is one, so that the text scrolls when the pointer | |
3631 is in the top line. | |
713 | 3632 - Displaying size of Visual area: use 24-33 column display. |
3633 When selecting multiple lines, up to about a screenful, also count the | |
3634 characters. | |
7 | 3635 8 When using "I" or "A" in Visual block mode, short lines do not get the new |
587 | 3636 text. Make it possible to add the text to short lines too, with padding |
7 | 3637 where needed. |
3638 7 With a Visual block selected, "2x" deletes a block of double the width, | |
3639 "3y" yanks a block of triple width, etc. | |
3640 7 When selecting linewise, using "itext" should insert "text" at the start | |
3641 of each selected line. | |
3642 8 What is "R" supposed to do in Visual mode? | |
3643 8 Make Visual mode local to the buffer. Allow changing to another buffer. | |
3644 When starting a new Visual selection, remove the Visual selection in any | |
3645 other buffer. (Ron Aaron) | |
3646 8 Support dragging the Visual area to drop it somewhere else. (Ron Aaron, | |
3647 Ben Godfrey) | |
3648 7 Support dragging the Visual area to drop it in another program, and | |
3649 receive dropped text from another program. (Ben Godfrey) | |
3650 7 With blockwise Visual mode and "c", "C", "I", "A", etc., allow the use of | |
3651 a <CR>. The entered lines are repeated over the Visual area. | |
3652 7 CTRL-V :s should substitute only in the block, not to whole lines. (David | |
3653 Young is working on this) | |
3654 7 Filtering a block should only apply to the block, not to the whole lines. | |
8 | 3655 When the number of lines is increased, add lines. When decreased, pad with |
7 | 3656 spaces or delete? Use ":`<,`>" on the command line. |
3657 8 After filtering the Visual area, make "gv" select the filtered text? | |
3658 Currently "gv" only selects a single line, not useful. | |
3659 7 Don't move the cursor when scrolling? Needed when the selection should | |
3660 stay the same. Scroll to the cursor at any movement command. With an | |
3661 option! | |
3662 7 In Visual block mode, need to be able to define a corner on a position | |
3663 that doesn't have text? Also: when using the mouse, be able to select | |
3664 part of a TAB. Even more: Add a mode where the cursor can be on a screen | |
3665 position where there is no text. When typing, add spaces to fill the gap. | |
3666 Other solution: Always use curswant, so that you can move the cursor to | |
3667 the right column, and then use up/down movements to select the line, | |
3668 without changing the column. | |
3669 6 ":left" and ":right" should work in Visual block mode. | |
3670 7 CTRL-I and CTRL-O should work in Visual mode, but only jump to marks in the | |
3671 current buffer. | |
3672 7 CTRL-A and CTRL-X should increase/decrease all numbers in the Visual area. | |
3673 6 In non-Block mode, "I" should insert the same text in front of each line, | |
3674 before the first non-blank, "gI" in column 1. | |
3675 6 In non-Block mode, "A" should append the same text after each line. | |
3676 6 When in blockwise visual selection (CTRL-V), allow cursor to be placed | |
237 | 3677 right of the line. Could also allow cursor to be placed anywhere on a TAB |
7 | 3678 or other special character. |
3679 6 Add commands to move selected text, without deselecting. | |
3680 | |
3681 | |
3682 More advanced repeating commands: | |
3683 - Add "." command for visual mode: redo last visual command (e.g. ":fmt"). | |
237 | 3684 7 Repeating "d:{cmd}" with "." doesn't work. (Benji Fisher) Somehow remember |
7 | 3685 the command line so that it can be repeated? |
1624 | 3686 - Add "gn": repeat last movement command. Including count. |
237 | 3687 - Add "." command after operator: repeat last command of same operator. E.g. |
7 | 3688 "c." will repeat last change, also when "x" used since then (Webb). |
3689 "y." will repeat last yank. | |
3690 "c2." will repeat the last but one change? | |
3691 Also: keep history of Normal mode commands, add command to list the history | |
3692 and/or pick an older command. | |
3693 - History stack for . command? Use "g." command. | |
3694 | |
3695 | |
3696 Mappings and Abbreviations: | |
3697 8 When "0" is mapped (it is a movement command) this mapping should not be | |
3698 used after typing another number, e.g. "20l". (Charles Campbell) | |
3699 Is this possible without disabling the mapping of the following command? | |
3700 8 Should mapping <C-A> and <C-S-A> both work? | |
3701 7 ":abbr b byte", append "b " to an existing word still expands to "byte". | |
3702 This is Vi compatible, but can we avoid it anyway? | |
3703 8 To make a mapping work with a prepended "x to select a register, store the | |
3704 last _typed_ register name and access it with "&. | |
3705 8 Add ":amap", like ":amenu". | |
725 | 3706 7 Add a mapping that works always, for remapping the keyboard. |
7 | 3707 8 Add ":cab!", abbreviations that only apply to Command-line mode and not to |
3708 entering search strings. | |
3709 8 Add a flag to ":abbrev" to eat the character that triggers the | |
3710 abbreviation. Thus "abb ab xxx" and typing "ab<Space>" inserts "xxx" and | |
3711 not the <Space>. | |
3712 8 Allow mapping of CTRL-@ (anywhere in the LHS). | |
3713 8 Give a warning when using CTRL-C in the lhs of a mapping. It will never | |
3714 (?) work. | |
3715 8 Add a way to save a current mapping and restore it later. Use a function | |
3716 that returns the mapping command to restore it: mapcmd()? mapcheck() is | |
3717 not fool proof. How to handle ambiguous mappings? | |
3718 7 Add <0x8f> (hex), <033> (octal) and <123> (decimal) to <> notation? | |
3719 7 Allow mapping "Q" and "Q}" at the same time. Need to put a flag with "Q", | |
237 | 3720 that it needs an extra character before it can match. See Vile 'maplonger' |
7 | 3721 option. |
3722 7 When someone tries to unmap with a trailing space, and it fails, try | |
3723 unmapping without the trailing space. Helps for ":unmap xx | unmap yy". | |
3724 7 Make it possible to map 'wildchar', but only when it's a special character | |
3725 (like CTRL-E). Currently it's only recognized when typed. Useful for | |
3726 mapping a key to do something and then completion. | |
3727 6 Context-sensitive abbreviations: Specify syntax group(s) in which the | |
3728 abbreviations are to be used. | |
3729 - Add mappings that take arguments. Could work like the ":s" command. For | |
3730 example, for a mouse escape sequence: | |
3731 :mapexp <Esc>{\([0-9]*\),\([0-9]*\); H\1j\2l | |
725 | 3732 - Add optional <Number> argument for mappings: |
3733 :map <Number>q ^W^W<Number>G | |
3734 :map <Number>q<Number>t ^W^W<Number1-1>G<Number2>l | |
3735 :map q<Char> :s/<Char>/\u\0/g | |
3736 Or implicit: | |
3737 :map q <Register>d<Number>$ | |
7 | 3738 - Make it possible to include a <Nul> in the lhs and rhs of a mapping. |
3739 - Add command to repeat a whole mapping ("." only repeats the last change in | |
3740 a mapping). Also: Repeat a whole insert command, including any mappings | |
3741 that it included. Sort-of automatic recording? | |
3742 - Add an option to ":map" that makes it display the special keys in | |
3743 <> notation (e.g. <CR> instead of ^M). Or just always do this? | |
3744 - Include an option (or flag to 'cpoptions') that makes errors in mappings | |
3745 not flush the rest of the mapping (like nvi does). | |
3746 - Use context sensitiveness of completion to switch abbreviations and | |
3747 mappings off for :unab and :unmap. | |
3748 6 When using mappings in Insert mode, insert characters for incomplete | |
3749 mappings first, then remove them again when a mapping matches. Avoids | |
3750 that characters that are the start of some mapping are not shown until you | |
3751 hit another character. | |
3752 - Add mappings for replace mode: ":rmap". How do we then enter mappings for | |
3753 non-replace Insert mode? | |
3754 - Add separate mappings for Visual-character/block/line mode? | |
3755 - Add 'mapstop' command, to stop recursive mappings. | |
3756 - List mappings that have a raw escape sequence both with the name of the key | |
3757 for that escape sequence (if there is one) and the sequence itself. | |
3758 - List mappings: Once with special keys listed as <>, once with meta chars as | |
237 | 3759 <M-a>, once with the byte values (octal?). Sort of "spell mapping" command? |
7 | 3760 - When entering mappings: Add the possibility to enter meta keys like they |
3761 are displayed, within <>: <M-a>, <~@> or <|a>. | |
3762 - Allow multiple arguments to :unmap. | |
3763 - Command to show keys that are not used and available for mapping | |
3764 ":freekeys". | |
3765 - Allow any character except white space in abbreviations lhs (Riehm). | |
3766 | |
3767 | |
3768 Incsearch: | |
3769 - Add a limit to the number of lines that are searched for 'incsearch'? | |
3770 - When no match is found and the user types more, the screen is redrawn | |
3771 anyway. Could skip that. Esp. if the line wraps and the text is scrolled | |
3772 up every time. | |
3773 - Temporarily open folds to show where the search ends up. Restore the | |
3774 folds when going to another line. | |
3775 - When incsearch used and hitting return, no need to search again in many | |
3776 cases, saves a lot of time in big files. (Slootman wants to work on this?) | |
3777 When not using special characters, can continue search from the last match | |
3778 (or not at all, when there was no match). See oldmail/webb/in.872. | |
3779 - With incsearch, use CTRL-N/CTRL-P to go to next/previous match, some other | |
3780 key to copy matched word to search pattern (Alexander Schmid). | |
3781 | |
3782 | |
3783 Searching: | |
625 | 3784 8 Add "g/" and "gb" to search for a pattern in the Visually selected text? |
40 | 3785 "g?" is already used for rot13. |
1125 | 3786 The vis.vim script has a ":S" command that does something like this. |
625 | 3787 Can use "g/" in Normal mode, uses the '< to '> area. |
1125 | 3788 Use "&/" for searching the text in the Visual area? |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3789 9 Add "v" offset: "/pat/v": search for pattern and start Visual mode on the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3790 matching text. |
231 | 3791 8 Add a mechanism for recursiveness: "\@(([^()]*\@g[^()]*)\)". \@g stands |
3792 for "go recursive here" and \@( \) marks the recursive part. | |
3793 Perl does it this way: | |
3794 $paren = qr/ \(( [^()] | (??{ $paren }) )* \) /x; | |
3795 Here $paren is evaluated when it's encountered. This is like a regexp | |
3796 inside a regexp. In the above terms it would be: | |
3797 \@((\([^()]\|\@g\)*)\) | |
1125 | 3798 8 Show the progress every second. Could use the code that checks for CTRL-C |
3799 to find out how much time has passed. Or use SIGALRM. Where to show the | |
3800 number? | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3801 8 When using an expression for ":s", set the match position in a v: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3802 variable. So that you can do ":%s/^/\=v:lnum/" to put a line number |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3803 before each line. |
328 | 3804 7 Support for approximate-regexps to find similar words (agrep |
3805 http://www.tgries.de/agrep/ tre: http://laurikari.net/tre/index.html). | |
218 | 3806 8 Add an item for a big character range, so that one can search for a |
3807 chinese character: \z[234-1234] or \z[XX-YY] or \z[0x23-0x234]. | |
39 | 3808 7 Add an item stack to allow matching (). One side is "push X on |
7 | 3809 the stack if previous atom matched". Other side is "match with top of |
3810 stack, pop it when it matches". Use "\@pX" and "\@m"? | |
3811 Example: \((\@p).\{-}\@m\)* | |
3812 7 Add an option to accept a match at the cursor position. Also for | |
3813 search(). (Brett) | |
39 | 3814 7 Add a flag to "/pat/" to discard an error. Useful to continue a mapping |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3815 when a search fails. Could be "/pat/E" (e is already used for end offset). |
7 | 3816 7 Add pattern item to use properties of Unicode characters. In Perl it's |
3817 "\p{L}" for a letter. See Regular Expression Pocket Reference. | |
3818 8 Would it be possible to allow ":23,45/pat/flags" to search for "pat" in | |
3819 lines 23 to 45? Or does this conflict with Ex range syntax? | |
3820 8 Allow identical pairs in 'matchpairs'. Restrict the search to the current | |
3821 line. | |
3822 7 Allow longer pairs in 'matchpairs'. Use ~/vim/macros/matchit.vim as an | |
3823 example. | |
3824 8 Make it possible to define the character that "%" checks for in | |
3825 #if/#endif. For nmake it's !if/!endif. | |
3826 - For "%" command: set hierarchy for which things include other things that | |
3827 should be ignored (like "*/" or "#endif" inside /* */). | |
3828 Also: use "%" to jump from start to end of syntax region and back. | |
3829 Alternative: use matchit.vim | |
3830 8 "/:/e+1" gets stuck on a match at the end of the line. Do we care? | |
3831 8 A pattern like "\([^a]\+\)\+" takes an awful long time. Recognize that | |
3832 the recursive "\+" is meaningless and optimize for it. | |
3833 This one is also very slow on "/* some comment */": "^\/\*\(.*[^/]\)*$". | |
3834 7 Recognize "[a-z]", "[0-9]", etc. and replace them with the faster "\l" and | |
3835 "\d". | |
24 | 3836 7 Add a way to specify characters in <C-M> or <Key> form. Could be |
3837 \%<C-M>. | |
7 | 3838 8 Add an argument after ":s/pat/str/" for a range of matches. For example, |
3839 ":s/pat/str/#3-4" to replace only the third and fourth "pat" in a line. | |
1624 | 3840 8 When 'iskeyword' is changed the matches from 'hlsearch' may change. (Benji |
3841 Fisher) redraw if some options are set while 'hlsearch' is set? | |
7 | 3842 8 Add an option not to use 'hlsearch' highlighting for ":s" and ":g" |
3843 commands. (Kahn) It would work like ":noh" is used after that command. | |
3844 Also: An extra flag to do this once, and a flag to keep the existing | |
3845 search pattern. | |
1624 | 3846 - Make 'hlsearch' a local/global option, so that it can be disabled in some |
3847 of the windows. | |
7 | 3848 - Add \%h{group-name}; to search for a specific highlight group. |
3849 Add \%s{syntax-group}; to search for a specific syntax group. | |
3850 - Support Perl regexp. Use PCRE (Perl Compatible RE) package. (Shade) | |
3851 Or translate the pattern to a Vim one. | |
3852 Don't switch on with an option for typed commands/mappings/functions, it's | |
3853 too confusing. Use "\@@" in the pattern, to avoid incompatibilities. | |
1624 | 3854 8 Add a way to access the last substitute text, what is used for ":s//~/". |
3855 Can't use the ~ register, it's already used for drag & drop. | |
7 | 3856 - Remember flags for backreferenced items, so that "*" can be used after it. |
3857 Check with "\(\S\)\1\{3}". (Hemmerling) | |
1624 | 3858 8 Flags that apply to the whole pattern. |
3859 This works for all places where a regexp is used. | |
3860 Add "\q" to not store this pattern as the last search pattern? | |
7 | 3861 - Add flags to search command (also for ":s"?): |
3862 i ignore case | |
3863 I use case | |
3864 p use Perl regexp syntax (or POSIX?) | |
3865 v use Vi regexp syntax | |
3866 f forget pattern, don't keep it for "n" command | |
3867 F remember pattern, keep it for "n" command | |
3868 Perl uses these too: | |
3869 e evaluate the right side as an expression (Perl only) | |
3870 m multiple line expression (we don't need it) | |
3871 o compile only once (Perl only) | |
3872 s single line expression (we don't need it) | |
3873 x extended regexp (we don't need it) | |
3874 When used after ":g" command, backslash needed to avoid confusion with the | |
3875 following command. | |
3876 Add 'searchflags' for default flags (replaces 'gdefault'). | |
3877 - Add command to display the last used substitute pattern and last used | |
3878 pattern. (Margo) Maybe make it accessible through a register (like "/ | |
3879 for search string)? | |
3880 7 Use T-search algorithm, to speed up searching for strings without special | |
3881 characters. See C't article, August 1997. | |
3882 - Add 'fuzzycase' option, so that case doesn't matter, and '-' and '_' are | |
3883 equivalent (for Unix filenames). | |
3884 - Add 'v' flag to search command: enter Visual mode, with the matching text | |
3885 as Visual area. (variation on idea from Bertin) | |
3886 - Searching: "/this//that/" should find "that" after "this". | |
3887 - Add global search commands: Instead of wrapping at the end of the buffer, | |
237 | 3888 they continue in another buffer. Use flag after search pattern: |
7 | 3889 a for the next file in the argument list |
3890 f for file in the buffer list | |
3891 w for file edited in a window. | |
237 | 3892 e.g. "/pat/f". Then "n" and "N" work through files too. "f" flag also for |
3893 ":s/pat/foo/f"??? Then when 'autowrite' and 'hidden' are both not set, ask | |
7 | 3894 before saving files: "Save modified buffer "/path/file"? (Yes/Hide/No |
3895 Save-all/hide-All/Quit) ". | |
3896 - ":s/pat/foo/3": find 3rd match of "pat", like sed. (Thomas Koehler) | |
3897 7 When searching with 'n' give message when getting back where the search | |
237 | 3898 first started. Remember start of search in '/ mark. |
7 | 3899 7 Add option that scrolls screen to put cursor in middle of screen after |
3900 search always/when off-screen/never. And after a ":tag" command. Maybe | |
3901 specify how many lines below the screen causes a redraw with the cursor in | |
3902 the middle (default would be half a screen, zero means always). | |
3903 6 Support multiple search buffers, so macros can be made without side | |
3904 effects. | |
3905 7 From xvim: Allow a newline in search patterns (also for :s, can delete | |
3906 newline). Add BOW, EOW, NEWL, NLORANY, NLBUTANY, magic 'n' and 'r', etc. | |
3907 [not in xvim:] Add option to switch on matches crossing ONE line boundary. | |
271 | 3908 7 Add ":iselect", a combination of ":ilist" and ":tselect". (Aaron) (Zellner) |
7 | 3909 Also ":dselect". |
3910 | |
3911 | |
3912 Undo: | |
1624 | 3913 9 After undo/redo, in the message show whether the buffer is modified or |
3914 not. | |
2310
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2309
diff
changeset
|
3915 8 Use timestamps for undo, so that a version a certain time ago can be found |
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2309
diff
changeset
|
3916 and info before some time/date can be flushed. 'undopersist' gives maximum |
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2309
diff
changeset
|
3917 time to keep undo: "3h", "1d", "2w", "1y", etc. |
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2309
diff
changeset
|
3918 8 Search for pattern in undo tree, showing when it happened and the text |
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2309
diff
changeset
|
3919 state, so that you can jump to it. |
1125 | 3920 8 Undo tree: visually show the tree somehow (Damian Conway) |
3921 Show only the leaves, indicating how many changed from the branch and the | |
3922 timestamp? | |
3923 Put branch with most recent change on the left, older changes get more | |
3924 indent? | |
1624 | 3925 8 See ":e" as a change operation, find the changes and add them to the |
3926 undo info. Also be able to undo the "Reload file" choice for when a file | |
3927 was changed outside of Vim. | |
3928 Would require doing a diff between the buffer text and the file and | |
3929 storing the differences. | |
2316
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2315
diff
changeset
|
3930 Alternative: before reloading a buffer, store it somewhere. Keep a list |
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2315
diff
changeset
|
3931 of about 10 last reloaded buffers. |
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2315
diff
changeset
|
3932 OR: before unloading, write a backup file with the current text, as if |
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2315
diff
changeset
|
3933 doing ":w" twice before reloading. |
26 | 3934 - Make it possible to undo all the commands from a mapping, including a |
3935 trailing unfinished command, e.g. for ":map K iX^[r". | |
7 | 3936 - When accidentally hitting "R" instead of Ctrl-R, further Ctrl-R is not |
3937 possible, even when typing <Esc> immediately. (Grahn) Also for "i", "a", | |
3938 etc. Postpone saving for undo until something is really inserted? | |
3939 8 When Inserting a lot of text, it can only be undone as a whole. Make undo | |
3940 sync points at every line or word. Could recognize the start of a new | |
3941 word (white space and then non-white space) and backspacing. | |
3942 Can already use CTRL-G u, but that requires remapping a lot of things. | |
3943 8 Make undo more memory-efficient: Compare text before and after change, | |
3944 only remember the lines that really changed. | |
3945 7 Add undo for a range of lines. Can change these back to a previous | |
3946 version without changing the rest of the file. Stop doing this when a | |
3947 change includes only some of these lines and changes the line count. Need | |
3948 to store these undo actions as a separate change that can be undone. | |
3949 - For u_save() include the column number. This can be used to set '[ and ']. | |
3950 And in the future the undo can be made more efficient (Webb). | |
3951 - In out-of-memory situations: Free allocated space in undo, and reduce the | |
3952 number of undo levels (with confirmation). | |
3953 - Instead of [+], give the number of changes since the last write: [+123]. | |
3954 When undoing to before the last write, change this to a negative number: | |
3955 [-99]. | |
3956 - With undo with simple line delete/insert: optimize screen updating. | |
3957 - When executing macro's: Save each line for undo only once. | |
3958 - When doing a global substitute, causing almost all lines to be changed, | |
3959 undo info becomes very big. Put undo info in swap file?? | |
3960 | |
3961 | |
3962 Buffer list: | |
3963 7 Command to execute a command in another buffer: ":inbuf {bufname} {cmd}". | |
3964 Also for other windows: ":inwin {winnr} {cmd}". How to make sure that | |
3965 this works properly for all commands, and still be able to return to the | |
3966 current buffer/window? E.g.: ":inbuf xxx only". | |
3967 8 Add File.{recent_files} menu entries: Recently edited files. | |
3968 Ron Aaron has a plugin for this: mru.vim. | |
3969 8 Unix: Check all uses of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() if they should check | |
3970 inode too. | |
3971 7 Add another number for a buffer, which is visible for the user. When | |
237 | 3972 creating a new buffer, use the lowest number not in use (or the highest |
3973 number in use plus one?). | |
7 | 3974 7 Offer some buffer selection from the command line? Like using ":ls" and |
3975 asking for a buffer number. (Zachmann) | |
3976 - When starting to edit a file that is already in the buffer list, use the | |
3977 file name argument for the new short file name. (Webb) | |
3978 - Add an option to make ":bnext" and ":bprev" wrap around the end of the | |
3979 buffer list. Also for ":next" and ":prev"? | |
3980 7 Add argument to ":ls" which is a pattern for buffers to list. | |
3981 E.g. ":ls *.c". (Thompson) | |
3982 7 Add expansion of buffer names, so that "*.c" is expanded to all buffer | |
3983 names. Needed for ":bdel *.c", ":bunload *.c", etc. | |
3984 8 Support for <afile> where a buffer name is expected. | |
237 | 3985 8 Some commands don't use line numbers, but buffer numbers. '$' |
7 | 3986 should then mean the number of the last buffer. E.g.: "4,$bdel". |
3987 7 Add an option to mostly use slashes in file names. Separately for | |
3988 internal use and for when executing an external program? | |
3989 | |
3990 | |
3991 Swap (.swp) files: | |
3992 8 If writing to the swap file fails, should try to open one in another | |
3993 directory from 'dir'. Useful in case the file system is full and when | |
3994 there are short file name problems. | |
3995 8 Also use the code to try using a short file name for the backup and swap | |
3996 file for the Win32 and Dos 32 bit versions. | |
3997 8 When a file is edited by root, add $LOGNAME to know who did su. | |
3998 8 When the edited file is a symlink, try to put the swap file in the same | |
237 | 3999 dir as the actual file. Adjust FullName(). Avoids editing the same file |
7 | 4000 twice (e.g. when using quickfix). Also try to make the name of the backup |
4001 file the same as the actual file? | |
4002 Use the code for resolve()? | |
4003 7 When using 64 bit inode numbers, also store the top 32 bits. Add another | |
4004 field for this, using part of bo_fname[], to keep it compatible. | |
4005 7 When editing a file on removable media, should put swap file somewhere | |
237 | 4006 else. Use something like 'r' flag in 'viminfo'. 'diravoid'? |
7 | 4007 Also: Be able to specify minimum disk space, skip directory when not |
4008 enough room. | |
4009 7 Add a configure check for which directory should be used: /tmp, /var/tmp | |
4010 or /var/preserve. | |
4011 - Add an option to create a swap file only when making the first change to | |
4012 the buffer. (Liang) Or only when the buffer is not read-only. | |
4013 - Add option to set "umask" for backup files and swap files (Antwerpen). | |
4014 'backupumask' and 'swapumask'? Or 'umaskback' and 'umaskswap'? | |
4015 - When editing a readonly file, don't use a swap file but read parts from the | |
4016 original file. Also do this when the file is huge (>'maxmem'). We do | |
4017 need to load the file once to count the number of lines? Perhaps keep a | |
4018 cached list of which line is where. | |
4019 | |
4020 | |
4021 Viminfo: | |
4022 7 Can probably remove the code that checks for a writable viminfo file, | |
4023 because we now do the chown() for root, and others can't overwrite someone | |
4024 else's viminfo file. | |
1280 | 4025 8 When there is no .viminfo file and someone does "su", runs Vim, a |
4026 root-owned .viminfo file is created. Is there a good way to avoid this? | |
4027 Perhaps check the owner of the directory. Only when root? | |
7 | 4028 8 Add argument to keep the list of buffers when Vim is started with a file |
4029 name. (Schild) | |
4030 8 Keep the last used directory of the file browser (File/Open menu). | |
4031 8 Remember the last used register for "@@". | |
1624 | 4032 8 Remember the redo buffer, so that "." works after restarting. |
7 | 4033 8 Remember a list of last accessed files. To be used in the |
4034 "File.Open Recent" menu. Default is to remember 10 files or so. | |
4035 Also remember which files have been read and written. How to display | |
4036 this? | |
4037 7 Also store the ". register (last inserted text). | |
4038 7 Make it possible to store buffer names in viminfo file relative to some | |
4039 directory, to make them portable over a network. (Aaron) | |
4040 6 Store a snapshot of the currently opened windows. So that when quitting | |
4041 Vim, and then starting again (without a file name argument), you see the | |
4042 same files in the windows. Use ":mksession" code? | |
4043 - Make marks present in .viminfo usable as file marks: Display a list of | |
4044 "last visited files" and select one to jump to. | |
4045 | |
4046 | |
4047 Modelines: | |
4048 8 Before trying to execute a modeline, check that it looks like one (valid | |
4049 option names). If it's very wrong, silently ignore it. | |
4050 Ignore a line that starts with "Subject: ". | |
1624 | 4051 - Add an option to whitelist options that are allowed in a modeline. This |
4052 would allow careful users to use modelines, e.g., only allowing | |
4053 'shiftwidth'. | |
4054 - Add an option to let modelines only set local options, not global ones | |
4055 such as 'encoding'. | |
7 | 4056 - When an option value is coming from a modeline, do not carry it over to |
4057 another edited file? Would need to remember the value from before the | |
4058 modeline setting. | |
4059 - Allow setting a variable from a modeline? Only allow using fixed strings, | |
4060 no function calls, to avoid a security problem. | |
4061 - Allow ":doauto BufRead x.cpp" in modelines, to execute autocommands for | |
4062 .cpp files. | |
4063 - Support the "abbreviate" command in modelines (Kearns). Careful for | |
4064 characters after <Esc>, that is a security leak. | |
4065 - Add option setting to ask user if he wants to have the modelines executed | |
4066 or not. Same for .exrc in local dir. | |
4067 | |
4068 | |
580 | 4069 Sessions: |
4070 8 DOS/Windows: ":mksession" generates a "cd" command where "aa\#bb" means | |
4071 directory "#bb" in "aa", but it's used as "aa#bb". (Ronald Hoellwarth) | |
4072 7 When there is a "help.txt" window in a session file, restoring that | |
4073 session will not get the "LOCAL ADDITIONS" back. | |
7 | 4074 8 With ":mksession" always store the 'sessionoptions' option, even when |
4075 "options" isn't in it. (St-Amant) | |
580 | 4076 8 When using ":mksession", also store a command to reset all options to |
4077 their default value, before setting the options that are not at their | |
4078 default value. | |
4079 7 With ":mksession" also store the tag stack and jump history. (Michal | |
4080 Malecki) | |
4081 7 Persistent variables: "p:var"; stored in viminfo file and sessions files. | |
856 | 4082 |
580 | 4083 |
4084 Options: | |
374 | 4085 7 ":with option=value | command": temporarily set an option value and |
4086 restore it after the command has executed. | |
7 | 4087 7 Setting an option always sets "w_set_curswant", while this is only |
4088 required for a few options. Only do it for those options to avoid the | |
4089 side effect. | |
4090 8 Make "old" number options that really give a number of effects into string | |
4091 options that are a comma separated list. The old number values should | |
4092 also be supported. | |
4093 8 Add commands to save and restore an option, which also preserves the flag | |
4094 that marks if the option was set. Useful to keep the effect of setting | |
4095 'compatible' after ":syntax on" has been used. | |
4096 7 There is 'titleold', why is there no 'iconold'? (Chazelas) | |
4097 7 Make 'scrolloff' a global-local option, so that it can be different in the | |
4098 quickfix window, for example. (Gary Holloway) | |
4099 | |
4100 | |
4101 External commands: | |
4102 8 When filtering text, redirect stderr so that it can't mess up the screen | |
4103 and Vim doesn't need to redraw it. Also for ":r !cmd". | |
4104 4 Set separate shell for ":sh", piping "range!filter", reading text "r !ls" | |
4105 and writing text "w !wc". (Deutsche) Allow arguments for fast start (e.g. | |
4106 -f). | |
4107 4 Allow direct execution, without using a shell. | |
4108 4 Run an external command in the background. But how about I/O in the GUI? | |
4109 Careful: don't turn Vim into a shell! | |
4110 4 Add feature to disable using a shell or external commands. | |
4111 | |
4112 | |
4113 Multiple Windows: | |
4114 7 "vim -oO file ..." use both horizontal and vertical splits. | |
4115 8 Add CTRL-W T: go to the top window in the column of the current window. | |
4116 And CTRL-W B: go to bottom window. | |
4117 7 Use CTRL-W <Tab>, like alt-tab, to switch between buffers. Repeat <Tab> | |
4118 to select another buffer (only loaded ones?), <BS> to go back, <Enter> to | |
4119 select buffer, <Esc> to go back to original buffer. | |
1668 | 4120 7 Make it possible to edit a new buffer in the preview window. A script can |
4121 then fill it with something. ":popen"? | |
782 | 4122 7 Add a 'tool' window: behaves like a preview window but there can be |
4123 several. Don't count it in only_one_window(). (Alexei Alexandrov) | |
7 | 4124 6 Add an option to resize the shell when splitting and/or closing a window. |
4125 ":vsp" would make the shell wider by as many columns as needed for the new | |
237 | 4126 window. Specify a maximum size (or use the screen size). ":close" would |
7 | 4127 shrink the shell by as many columns as come available. (Demirel) |
4128 7 When starting Vim several times, instantiate a Vim server, that allows | |
4129 communication between the different Vims. Feels like one Vim running with | |
4130 multiple top-level windows. Esp. useful when Vim is started from an IDE | |
4131 too. Requires some form of inter process communication. | |
4132 - Support a connection to an external viewer. Could call the viewer | |
4133 automatically after some seconds of non-activity, or with a command. | |
4134 Allow some way of reporting scrolling and cursor positioning in the viewer | |
4135 to Vim, so that the link between the viewed and edited text can be made. | |
4136 | |
4137 | |
4138 Marks: | |
1624 | 4139 8 Add ten marks for last changed files: ':0, ':1, etc. One mark per file. |
7 | 4140 8 When cursor is first moved because of scrolling, set a mark at this |
4141 position. (Rimon Barr) Use '-. | |
237 | 4142 8 Add a command to jump to a mark and make the motion inclusive. g'm and g`m? |
7 | 4143 8 The '" mark is set to the first line, even when doing ":next" a few times. |
4144 Only set the '" mark when the cursor was really moved in a file. | |
4145 8 Make `` and '', which would position the new cursor position in the middle | |
4146 of the window, restore the old topline (or relative position) from when | |
4147 the mark was set. | |
4148 7 Make a list of file marks in a separate window. For listing all buffers, | |
4149 matching tags, errors, etc. Normal commands to move around. Add commands | |
4150 to jump to the mark (in current window or new window). Start it with | |
4151 ":browse marks"? | |
4152 6 Add a menu that lists the Marks like ":marks". (Amerige) | |
4153 7 For ":jumps", ":tags" and ":marks", for not loaded buffers, remember the | |
4154 text at the mark. Highlight the column with the mark. | |
4155 7 Highlight each mark in some way (With "Mark" highlight group). | |
4156 Or display marks in a separate column, like 'number' does. | |
4157 7 Use d"m to delete rectangular area from cursor to mark m (like Vile's \m | |
4158 command). | |
4159 7 Try to keep marks in the same position when: | |
4160 - replacing with a line break, like in ":s/pat/^M/", move marks after the | |
4161 line break column to the next line. (Acevedo) | |
4162 - inserting/deleting characters in a line. | |
4163 5 Include marks for start/end of the current word and section. Useful in | |
4164 mappings. | |
4165 6 Add "unnamed mark" feature: Like marks for the ":g" command, but place and | |
4166 unplace them with commands before doing something with the lines. | |
4167 Highlight the marked lines somehow. | |
4168 | |
4169 | |
4170 Digraphs: | |
4171 7 Make "ga" show the digraph for a character, if it exists. | |
4172 Also the keymap? | |
4173 - Make it possible to enter "r<C-E>" and "r<C-Y>" (get character from line | |
4174 below/above). | |
4175 - Use digraph table to tell Vim about the collating sequence of special | |
4176 characters? | |
26 | 4177 8 Add command to remove one or more (all) digraphs. (Brown) |
7 | 4178 7 Support different sets of digraphs (depending on the character set?). At |
4179 least Latin1/Unicode, Latin-2, MS-DOS (esp. for Win32). | |
4180 | |
4181 | |
4182 Writing files: | |
4183 - In vim_rename(), should lock "from" file when deleting "to" file for | |
4184 systems other than Amiga. Avoids problems with unexpected longname to | |
4185 shortname conversion. | |
4186 8 write mch_isdevice() for Amiga, Mac, VMS, etc. | |
4187 8 When appending to a file, Vim should also make a backup and a 'patchmode' | |
4188 file. | |
4189 8 'backupskip' doesn't write a backup file at all, a bit dangerous for some | |
4190 applications. Add 'backupelsewhere' to write a backup file in another | |
4191 directory? Or add a flag to 'backupdir'? | |
4192 7 The 'directory' option supports changing path separators to "%" to make | |
4193 file names unique, also support this for 'backupdir'. (Mikolaj Machowski) | |
4194 6 Add an option to write a new, numbered, backup file each time. Like | |
4195 'patchmode', e.g., 'backupmode'. | |
4196 6 Make it possible to write 'patchmode' files to a different directory. | |
4197 E.g., ":set patchmode=~/backups/*.orig". (Thomas) | |
4198 6 Add an option to prepend something to the backup file name. E.g., "#". | |
4199 Or maybe allow a function to modify the backup file name? | |
237 | 4200 8 Only make a backup when overwriting a file for the first time. Avoids |
7 | 4201 losing the original when writing twice. (Slootman) |
4202 7 On non-Unix machines, also overwrite the original file in some situations | |
4203 (file system full, it's a link on an NFS partition). | |
4204 7 When editing a file, check that it has been change outside of Vim more | |
4205 often, not only when writing over it. E.g., at the time the swap file is | |
4206 flushed. Or every ten seconds or so (use the time of day, check it before | |
4207 waiting for a character to be typed). | |
4208 8 When a file was changed since editing started, show this in the status | |
4209 line of the window, like "[time]". | |
4210 Make it easier to reload all outdated files that don't have changes. | |
4211 Automatic and/or with a command. | |
4212 | |
4213 | |
4214 Substitute: | |
343 | 4215 8 Substitute with hex/unicode number "\%xff" and "\%uabcd". Just like |
4216 "\%uabcd" in search pattern. | |
237 | 4217 8 Make it easier to replace in all files in the argument list. E.g.: |
7 | 4218 ":argsub/oldword/newword/". Works like ":argdo %s/oldword/newword/g|w". |
4219 - :s///p prints the line after a substitution. | |
4220 - With :s///c replace \&, ~, etc. when showing the replacement pattern. | |
4221 8 With :s///c allow scrolling horizontally when 'nowrap' is effective. | |
4222 Also allow a count before the scrolling keys. | |
237 | 4223 - Add number option to ":s//2": replace second occurrence of string? Or: |
7 | 4224 :s///N substitutes N times. |
4225 - Add answers to ":substitute" with 'c' flag, used in a ":global", e.g.: | |
4226 ":g/pat1/s/pat2/pat3/cg": 'A' do all remaining replacements, 'Q' don't do | |
4227 any replacements, 'u' undo last substitution. | |
4228 7 Substitute in a block of text. Use {line}.{column} notation in an Ex | |
4229 range, e.g.: ":1.3,$.5s" means to substitute from line 1 column 3 to the | |
4230 last line column 5. | |
4231 5 Add commands to bookmark lines, display bookmarks, remove bookmarks, | |
4232 operate on lines with bookmarks, etc. Like ":global" but with the | |
4233 possibility to keep the bookmarks and use them with several commands. | |
4234 (Stanislav Sitar) | |
4235 | |
4236 | |
4237 Mouse support: | |
4238 8 Add 'o' flag to 'mouse'? | |
4239 7 Be able to set a 'mouseshape' for the popup menu. | |
4240 8 Add 'mouse' flag, which sets a behavior like Visual mode, but automatic | |
4241 yanking at the button-up event. Or like Select mode, but typing gets you | |
4242 out of Select mode, instead of replacing the text. (Bhaskar) | |
4243 - Implement mouse support for the Amiga console. | |
4244 - Using right mouse button to extend a blockwise selection should attach to | |
4245 the nearest corner of the rectangle (four possible corners). | |
4246 - Precede mouse click by a number to simulate double clicks?!? | |
4247 - When mouse click after 'r' command, get character that was pointed to. | |
4248 | |
4249 | |
4250 Argument list: | |
4251 6 Add command to put all filenames from the tag files in the argument list. | |
4252 When given an argument, only use the files where that argument matches | |
4253 (like `grep -l ident`) and jump to the first match. | |
4254 6 Add command to form an args list from all the buffers? | |
4255 | |
4256 | |
4257 Registers: | |
4258 8 Don't display empty registers with ":display". (Etienne) | |
4259 8 Make the # register writable, so that it can be restored after jumping | |
4260 around in windows. | |
4261 8 Add put command that overwrites existing text. Should also work for | |
4262 blocks. Useful to move text around in a table. Works like using "R ^R r" | |
4263 for every line. | |
4264 6 When yanking into the unnamed registers several times, somehow make the | |
4265 previous contents also available (like it's done for deleting). What | |
4266 register names to use? g"1, g"2, etc.? | |
4267 - When appending to a register, also report the total resulting number of | |
4268 lines. Or just say "99 more lines yanked", add the "more". | |
4269 - When inserting a register in Insert mode with CTRL-R, don't insert comment | |
4270 leader when line wraps? | |
4271 - The ":@r" commands should take a range and execute the register for each | |
4272 line in the range. | |
4273 - Add "P" command to insert contents of unnamed register, move selected text | |
4274 to position of previous deleted (to swap foo and bar in " + foo") | |
4275 8 Should be able to yank and delete into the "/ register. | |
4276 How to take care of the flags (offset, magic)? | |
8 | 4277 |
7 | 4278 |
4279 Debug mode: | |
4280 7 Add something to enable debugging when a remote message is received. | |
4281 8 Add breakpoints for setting an option | |
9 | 4282 8 Add breakpoints for assigning to a variable. |
7 | 4283 7 Add a watchpoint in the debug mode: An expression that breaks execution |
23 | 4284 when evaluating to non-zero. Add the "watchadd expr" command, stop when |
4285 the value of the expression changes. ":watchdel" deletes an item, | |
4286 ":watchlist" lists the items. (Charles Campbell) | |
7 | 4287 7 Store the history from debug mode in viminfo. |
4288 7 Make the debug mode history available with histget() et al. | |
4289 | |
4290 | |
4291 Various improvements: | |
1624 | 4292 8 ":sign unplace * file={filename}" should work. Also: ":sign unplace * |
4293 buffer={bufnr}". So one can remove all signs for one file/buffer. | |
667 | 4294 7 Add plugins for formatting? Should be able to make a choice depending on |
4295 the language of a file (English/Korean/Japanese/etc.). | |
4296 Setting the 'langformat' option to "chinese" would load the | |
4297 "format/chinese.vim" plugin. | |
4298 The plugin would set 'formatexpr' and define the function being called. | |
4299 Edward L. Fox explains how it should be done for most Asian languages. | |
4300 (2005 Nov 24) | |
1624 | 4301 Alternative: patch for utf-8 line breaking. (Yongwei Wu, 2008 Feb 23) |
432 | 4302 7 [t to move to previous xml/html tag (like "vatov"), ]t to move to next |
4303 ("vatv"). | |
436 | 4304 7 [< to move to previous xml/html tag, e.g., previous <li>. ]< to move to |
4305 next <li>, ]< to next </li>, [< to previous </li>. | |
7 | 4306 8 Add ":rename" command: rename the file of the current buffer and rename |
4307 the buffer. Buffer may be modified. | |
1125 | 4308 7 Instead of filtering errors with a shell script it should be possible to |
4309 do this with Vim script. A function that filters the raw text that comes | |
4310 from the 'makeprg'? | |
651 | 4311 - Add %b to 'errorformat': buffer number. (Yegappan Lakshmanan / Suresh |
41 | 4312 Govindachar) |
1125 | 4313 7 Add a command that goes back to the position from before jumping to the |
4314 first quickfix location. ":cbefore"? | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4315 7 Allow a window not to have a statusline. Makes it possible to use a |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4316 window as a buffer-tab selection. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4317 8 Allow non-active windows to have a different statusline. (Yakov Lerner) |
7 | 4318 6 Python interface: add vim.message() function. (Michal Vitecek, 2002 Nov 5) |
4319 7 Support using ":vert" with User commands. Add expandable items <vert>. | |
4320 Do the same for ":browse" and ":confirm"? | |
4321 For ":silent" and ":debug" apply to the whole user command. | |
1624 | 4322 More general: need a way to access command modifiers in a user command. |
4323 Assign them to a v: variable? | |
7 | 4324 7 Add an invisible buffer which can be edited. For use in scripts that want |
4325 to manipulate text without changing the window layout. | |
4326 8 Add a command to revert to the saved version of file; undo or redo until | |
4327 all changes are gone. | |
4328 6 "vim -q -" should read the list of errors from stdin. (Gautam Mudunuri) | |
4329 8 Add "--remote-fail": When contacting the server fails, exit Vim. | |
4330 Add "--remote-self": When contacting the server fails, do it in this Vim. | |
4331 Overrules the default of "--remote-send" to fail and "--remote" to do it | |
4332 in this Vim. | |
4333 8 When Vim was started without a server, make it possible to start one, as | |
237 | 4334 if the "--servername" argument was given. ":startserver <name>"? |
7 | 4335 8 No address range can be used before the command modifiers. This makes |
4336 them difficult to use in a menu for Visual mode. Accept the range and | |
4337 have it apply to the following command. | |
4338 8 Add the possibility to set 'fileformats' to force a format and strip other | |
4339 CR characters. For example, for "dos" files remove CR characters at the | |
4340 end of the line, so that a file with mixed line endings is cleaned up. | |
4341 To just not display the CR characters: Add a flag to 'display'? | |
4342 7 Some compilers give error messages in which the file name does not have a | |
4343 path. Be able to specify that 'path' is used for these files. | |
4344 7 Xterm sends <Esc>O3F for <M-End>. Similarly for other <M-Home>, <M-Left>, | |
4345 etc. Combinations of Alt, Ctrl and Shift are also possible. Recognize | |
4346 these to avoid inserting the raw byte sequence, handle like the key | |
4347 without modifier (unless mapped). | |
4348 6 Add "gG": like what "gj" is to "j": go to the N'th window line. | |
4349 8 Add command like ":normal" that accepts <Key> notation like ":map". | |
4350 9 Support ACLs on more systems. | |
4351 7 Add ModeMsgVisual, ModeMsgInsert, etc. so that each mode message can be | |
4352 highlighted differently. | |
4353 7 Add a message area for the user. Set some option to reserve space (above | |
4354 the command line?). Use an ":echouser" command to display the message | |
4355 (truncated to fit in the space). | |
4356 7 Add %s to 'keywordprg': replace with word under the cursor. (Zellner) | |
4357 8 Support printing on Unix. Can use "lpansi.c" as an example. (Bookout) | |
4358 8 Add put command that replaces the text under it. Esp. for blockwise | |
4359 Visual mode. | |
8 | 4360 7 Enhance termresponse stuff: Add t_CV(?): pattern of term response, use |
7 | 4361 regexp: "\e\[[>?][0-9;]*c", but only check just after sending t_RV. |
4362 7 Add "g|" command: move to N'th column from the left margin (after wrapping | |
4363 and applying 'leftcol'). Works as "|" like what "g0" is to "0". | |
4364 7 Support setting 'equalprg' to a user function name. | |
4365 7 Highlight the characters after the end-of-line differently. | |
4366 7 When 'whichwrap' contains "l", "$dl" should join lines? | |
4367 8 Add an argument to configure to use $CFLAGS and not modify it? (Mooney) | |
4368 8 Enabling features is a mix of configure arguments and defines in | |
4369 feature.h. How to make this consistent? Feature.h is required for | |
4370 non-unix systems. Perhaps let configure define CONF_XXX, and use #ifdef | |
4371 CONF_XXX in feature.h? Then what should min-features and max-features do? | |
4372 8 Add "g^E" and "g^Y", to scroll a screen-full line up and down. | |
4373 6 Add ":timer" command, to set a command to be executed at a certain | |
4374 interval, or once after some time has elapsed. (Aaron) | |
620 | 4375 Perhaps an autocommand event like CursorHold is better? |
7 | 4376 8 Add ":confirm" handling in open_exfile(), for when file already exists. |
4377 8 When quitting with changed files, make the dialog list the changed file | |
4378 and allow "write all", "discard all", "write some". The last one would | |
4379 then ask "write" or "discard" for each changed file. Patch in HierAssist | |
4380 does something like this. (Shah) | |
4381 7 Use growarray for replace stack. | |
4382 7 Have a look at viH (Hellenic or Greek version of Vim). But a solution | |
4383 outside of Vim might be satisfactory (Haritsis). | |
4384 3 Make "2d%" work like "d%d%" instead of "d2%"? | |
4385 7 "g CTRL-O" jumps back to last used buffer. Skip CTRL-O jumps in the same | |
4386 buffer. Make jumplist remember the last ten accessed buffers? | |
4387 - Add code to disable the CAPS key when going from Insert to Normal mode. | |
4388 - Set date/protection/etc. of the patchfile the same as the original file. | |
4389 - Use growarray for termcodes[] in term.c | |
4390 - Add <window-99>, like <cword> but use filename of 99'th window. | |
4391 7 Add a way to change an operator to always work characterwise-inclusive | |
4392 (like "v" makes the operator characterwise-exclusive). "x" could be used. | |
4393 - Make a set of operations on list of names: expand wildcards, replace home | |
4394 dir, append a string, delete a string, etc. | |
4395 - Remove mktemp() and use tmpname() only? Ctags does this. | |
4396 - When replacing environment variables, and there is one that is not set, | |
4397 turn it into an empty string? Only when expanding options? (Hiebert) | |
4398 - Option to set command to be executed instead of producing a beep (e.g. to | |
4399 call "play newbeep.au"). | |
4400 - Add option to show the current function name in the status line. More or | |
4401 less what you find with "[[k", like how 'cindent' recognizes a function. | |
4402 (Bhatt). | |
4403 - "[r" and "]r": like "p" and "P", but replace instead of insert (esp. for | |
4404 blockwise registers). | |
4405 - Add 'timecheck' option, on by default. Makes it possible to switch off the | |
4406 timestamp warning and question. (Dodt). | |
4407 - Add an option to set the time after which Vim should check the timestamps | |
4408 of the files. Only check when an event occurs (e.g., character typed, | |
4409 mouse moved). Useful for non-GUI versions where keyboard focus isn't | |
4410 noticeable. | |
4411 - Make 'smartcase' work even though 'ic' isn't set (Webb). | |
4412 7 When formatting text, allow to break the line at a number of characters. | |
4413 Use an option for this: 'breakchars'? Useful for formatting Fortran code. | |
4414 - Add flag to 'formatoptions' to be able to format book-style paragraphs | |
4415 (first line of paragraph has larger indent, no empty lines between | |
4416 paragraphs). Complements the '2' flag. Use '>' flag when larger indent | |
4417 starts a new paragraph, use '<' flag when smaller indent starts a new | |
4418 paragraph. Both start a new paragraph on any indent change. | |
1125 | 4419 8 The 'a' flag in 'formatoptions' is too dangerous. In some way only do |
4420 auto-formatting in specific regions, e.g. defined by syntax highlighting. | |
7 | 4421 8 Allow using a trailing space to signal a paragraph that continues on the |
4422 next line (MIME text/plain; format=flowed, RFC 2646). Can be used for | |
4423 continuous formatting. Could use 'autoformat' option, which specifies a | |
4424 regexp which triggers auto-formatting (for one line). | |
4425 ":set autoformat=\\s$". | |
4426 - Be able to redefine where a sentence stops. Use a regexp pattern? | |
169 | 4427 - Support multi-byte characters for sentences. Example from Ben Peterson. |
7 | 4428 7 Add command "g)" to go to the end of a sentence, "g(" to go back to the |
4429 end of a sentence. (Servatius Brandt) | |
4430 - Be able to redefine where a paragraph starts. For "[[" where the '{' is | |
4431 not in column 1. | |
4432 6 Add ":cdprev": go back to the previous directory. Need to remember a | |
4433 stack of previous directories. We also need ":cdnext". | |
4434 7 Should ":cd" for MS-DOS go to $HOME, when it's defined? | |
4435 - Make "gq<CR>" work on the last line in the file. Maybe for every operator? | |
4436 - Add more redirecting of Ex commands: | |
121 | 4437 :redir #> bufname |
4438 :redir #>> bufname (append) | |
162 | 4439 - Give error message when starting :redir: twice or using END when no |
4440 redirection was active. | |
7 | 4441 - Setting of options, specifically for a buffer or window, with |
4442 ":set window.option" or ":set buffer.option=val". Or use ":buffer.set". | |
4443 Also: "buffer.map <F1> quit". | |
4444 6 Would it be possible to change the color of the cursor in the Win32 | |
4445 console? (Klaus Hast) | |
4446 - Add :delcr command: | |
4447 *:delcr* | |
4448 :[range]delcr[!] Check [range] lines (default: whole buffer) for lines | |
4449 ending in <CR>. If all lines end in <CR>, or [!] is | |
4450 used, remove the <CR> at the end of lines in [range]. | |
4451 A CTRL-Z at the end of the file is removed. If | |
4452 [range] is omitted, or it is the whole file, and all | |
4453 lines end in <CR> 'textmode' is set. {not in Vi} | |
4454 - Should integrate addstar() and file_pat_to_reg_pat(). | |
4455 - When working over a serial line with 7 bit characters, remove meta | |
4456 characters from 'isprint'. | |
4457 - Use fchdir() in init_homedir(), like in FullName(). | |
4458 - In win_update(), when the GUI is active, always use the scrolling area. | |
4459 Avoid that the last status line is deleted and needs to be redrawn. | |
4460 - That "cTx" fails when the cursor is just after 'x' is Vi compatible, but | |
4461 may not be what you expect. Add a flag in 'cpoptions' for this? More | |
4462 general: Add an option to allow "c" to work with a null motion. | |
4463 - Give better error messages by using errno (strerror()). | |
4464 - Give "Usage:" error message when command used with wrong arguments (like | |
4465 Nvi). | |
4466 - Make 'restorescreen' option also work for xterm (and others), replaces the | |
4467 SAVE_XTERM_SCREEN define. | |
4468 7 Support for ":winpos" In xterm: report the current window position. | |
4469 - Give warning message when using ":set t_xx=asdf" for a termcap code that | |
4470 Vim doesn't know about. Add flag in 'shortmess'? | |
4471 6 Add ":che <file>", list all the include paths which lead to this file. | |
4472 - For a commandline that has several commands (:s, :d, etc.) summarize the | |
4473 changes all together instead of for each command (e.g. for the rot13 | |
4474 macro). | |
4475 - Add command like "[I" that also shows the tree of included files. | |
4476 - ":set sm^L" results in ":set s", because short names of options are also | |
4477 expanded. Is there a better way to do this? | |
4478 - Add ":@!" command, to ":@" like what ":source!" is to ":source". | |
4479 8 Add ":@:!": repeat last command with forceit set. | |
4480 - Should be possible to write to a device, e.g. ":w! /dev/null". | |
4481 - Add 't_normal': Used whenever t_me, t_se, t_ue or t_Zr is empty. | |
4482 - ":cab map test ^V| je", ":cunab map" doesn't work. This is vi compatible! | |
4483 - CTRL-W CTRL-E and CTRL-W CTRL-Y should move the current window up or down | |
4484 if it is not the first or last window. | |
4485 - Include-file-search commands should look in the loaded buffer of a file (if | |
4486 there is one) instead of the file itself. | |
4487 7 Change 'nrformats' to include the leader for each format. Example: | |
4488 nrformats=hex:$,binary:b,octal:0 | |
4489 Add setting of 'nrformats' to syntax files. | |
4490 - 'path' can become very long, don't use NameBuff for expansion. | |
4491 - When unhiding a hidden buffer, put the same line at top of the window as | |
237 | 4492 the one before hiding it. Or: keep the same relative cursor position (so |
7 | 4493 many percent down the windows). |
4494 - Make it possible for the 'showbreak' to be displayed at the end of the | |
4495 line. Use a comma to separate the part at the end and the start of the | |
4496 line? Highlight the linebreak characters, add flag in 'highlight'. | |
4497 - Some string options should be expanded if they have wildcards, e.g. | |
4498 'dictionary' when it is "*.h". | |
4499 - Use a specific type for number and boolean options, making it possible to | |
4500 change it for specific machines (e.g. when a long is 64 bit). | |
4501 - Add option for <Insert> in replace mode going to normal mode. (Nugent) | |
4502 - Add a next/previous possibility to "[^I" and friends. | |
4503 - Add possibility to change the HOME directory. Use the directory from the | |
4504 passwd file? (Antwerpen) | |
4505 8 Add commands to push and pop all or individual options. ":setpush tw", | |
4506 ":setpop tw", ":setpush all". Maybe pushing/popping all options is | |
4507 sufficient. ":setflush" resets the option stack? | |
4508 How to handle an aborted mapping? Remember position in tag stack when | |
4509 mapping starts, restore it when an error aborts the mapping? | |
4510 - Change ":fixdel" into option 'fixdel', t_del will be adjusted each time | |
4511 t_bs is set? (Webb) | |
4512 - "gc": goto character, move absolute character positions forward, also | |
237 | 4513 counting newlines. "gC" goes backwards (Weigert). |
4514 - When doing CTRL-^, redraw buffer with the same topline. (Demirel) Store | |
7 | 4515 cursor row and window height to redraw cursor at same percentage of window |
4516 (Webb). | |
4517 - Besides remembering the last used line number of a file, also remember the | |
237 | 4518 column. Use it with CTRL-^ et. al. |
7 | 4519 - Check for non-digits when setting a number option (careful when entering |
4520 hex codes like 0xff). | |
4521 - Add option to make "." redo the "@r" command, instead of the last command | |
4522 executed by it. Also to make "." redo the whole mapping. Basically: redo | |
4523 the last TYPED command. | |
4524 - Support URL links for ^X^F in Insert mode, like for "gf". | |
4525 - Support %name% expansion for "gf" on Windows. | |
4526 - Make "gf" work on "file://c:/path/name". "file:/c:/" and "file:///c:/" | |
4527 should also work? | |
4528 - Add 'urlpath', used like 'path' for when "gf" used on an URL? | |
4529 8 When using "gf" on an absolute file name, while editing a remote file | |
4530 (starts with scp:// or http://) should prepend the method and machine | |
4531 name. | |
4532 - When finding an URL or file name, and it doesn't exist, try removing a | |
4533 trailing '.'. | |
4534 - Add ":path" command modifier. Should work for every command that takes a | |
4535 file name argument, to search for the file name in 'path'. Use | |
4536 find_file_in_path(). | |
4537 - Highlight control characters on the screen: Shows the difference between | |
4538 CTRL-X and "^" followed by "X" (Colon). | |
4539 - Integrate parsing of cmdline command and parsing for expansion. | |
4540 - Create a program that can translate a .swp file from any machine into a | |
4541 form usable by Vim on the current machine. | |
4542 - Add ":noro" command: Reset 'ro' flag for all buffers, except ones that have | |
237 | 4543 a readonly file. ":noro!" will reset all 'ro' flags. |
7 | 4544 - Add a variant of CTRL-V that stops interpretation of more than one |
4545 character. For entering mappings on the command line where a key contains | |
4546 several special characters, e.g. a trailing newline. | |
237 | 4547 - Add regex for 'paragraphs' and 'sections': 'parare' and 'sectre'. Combine |
7 | 4548 the two into a regex for searching. (Ned Konz) |
4549 - Make '2' option in 'formatoptions' also work inside comments. | |
4550 - Add 's' flag to 'formatoptions': Do not break when inside a string. (Dodt) | |
4551 - When window size changed (with the mouse) and made too small, set it back | |
4552 to the minimal size. | |
4553 - Add "]>" and "[<", shift comment at end of line (command; /* comment */). | |
4554 - Should not call cursorcmd() for each vgetc() in getcmdline(). | |
4555 - ":split file1 file2" adds two more windows (Webb). | |
4556 - Don't give message "Incomplete last line" when editing binary file. | |
4557 - Add ":a", ":i" for preloading of named buffers. | |
4558 - Allow autowrite when doing ":e file" (with an option 'eaw'). | |
4559 - Allow a "+command" argument before each file name in the Vim command line: | |
4560 "vim +123 file1 +234 file2 +345 file3". ??? | |
4561 - When entering text, keep other windows on same buffer updated (when a line | |
4562 entered)? | |
4563 - Check out how screen does output optimizing. Apparently this is possible | |
4564 as an output filter. | |
237 | 4565 - In dosub() regexec is called twice for the same line. Try to avoid this. |
7 | 4566 - Window updating from memline.c: insert/delete/replace line. |
4567 - Optimize ml_append() for speed, esp. for reading a file. | |
4568 - V..c should keep indent when 'ai' is set, just like [count]cc. | |
4569 - Updatescript() can be done faster with a string instead of a char. | |
4570 - Screen updating is inefficient with CTRL-F and CTRL-B when there are long | |
4571 lines. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4572 - Uppercase characters in Ex commands can be made lowercase? |
7 | 4573 8 Add option to show characters in text not as "|A" but as decimal ("^129"), |
4574 hex ("\x81") or octal ("\201") or meta (M-x). Nvi has the 'octal' option | |
4575 to switch from hex to octal. Vile can show unprintable characters in hex | |
4576 or in octal. | |
4577 7 Tighter integration with xxd to edit binary files. Make it more | |
4578 easy/obvious to use. Command line argument? | |
237 | 4579 - How does vi detect whether a filter has messed up the screen? Check source. |
7 | 4580 After ":w !command" a wait_return? |
4581 - Improve screen updating code for doput() (use s_ins()). | |
4582 - With 'p' command on last line: scroll screen up (also for terminals without | |
4583 insert line command). | |
4584 - Use insert/delete char when terminal supports it. | |
4585 - Optimize screen redraw for slow terminals. | |
4586 - Optimize "dw" for long row of spaces (say, 30000). | |
4587 - Add "-d null" for editing from a script file without displaying. | |
4588 - In Insert mode: Remember the characters that were removed with backspace | |
4589 and re-insert them one at a time with <key1>, all together with <key2>. | |
237 | 4590 - Amiga: Add possibility to set a keymap. The code in amiga.c does not work |
7 | 4591 yet. |
4592 - Implement 'redraw' option. | |
4593 - Add special code to 'sections' option to define something else but '{' or | |
4594 '}' as the start of a section (e.g. one shiftwidth to the right). | |
4595 7 Allow using Vim in a pipe: "ls | vim -u xxx.vim - | yyy". Only needs | |
4596 implementing ":w" to stdout in the buffer that was read from stdin. | |
231 | 4597 Perhaps writing to stdout will work, since stderr is used for the terminal |
4598 I/O. | |
7 | 4599 8 Allow opening an unnamed buffer with ":e !cmd" and ":sp !cmd". Vile can |
4600 do it. | |
4601 - Add commands like ]] and [[ that do not include the line jumped to. | |
4602 - When :unab without matching "from" part and several matching "to" parts, | |
4603 delete the entry that was used last, instead of the first in the list. | |
4604 - Add text justification option. | |
4605 - Set boolean options on/off with ":set paste=off", ":set paste=on". | |
4606 - After "inv"ing an option show the value: ":set invpaste" gives "paste is | |
4607 off". | |
4608 - Check handling of CTRL-V and '\' for ":" commands that do not have TRLBAR. | |
4609 - When a file cannot be opened but does exist, give error message. | |
4610 - Amiga: When 'r' protection bit is not set, file can still be opened but | |
237 | 4611 gives read errors. Check protection before opening. |
7 | 4612 - When writing check for file exists but no permission, "Permission denied". |
2207
b17bbfa96fa0
Add the settabvar() and gettabvar() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2206
diff
changeset
|
4613 - If file does not exist, check if directory exists. |
7 | 4614 - MSDOS: although t_cv and t_ci are not set, do invert char under cursor. |
4615 - Settings edit mode: make file with ":set opt=xx", edit it, parse it as ex | |
4616 commands. | |
4617 - ":set -w all": list one option per line. | |
4618 - Amiga: test for 'w' flag when reading a file. | |
4619 - :table command (Webb) | |
4620 - Add new operator: clear, make area white (replace with spaces): "g ". | |
4621 - Add command to ":read" a file at a certain column (blockwise read?). | |
4622 - Add sort of replace mode where case is taken from the old text (Goldfarb). | |
4623 - Allow multiple arguments for ":read", read all the files. | |
4624 - Support for tabs in specific columns: ":set tabcol=8,20,34,56" (Demirel). | |
4625 - Add 'searchdir' option: Directories to search for file name being edited | |
4626 (Demirel). | |
4627 - Modifier for the put command: Change to linewise, charwise, blockwise, etc. | |
4628 - Add commands for saving and restoring options ":set save" "set restore", | |
4629 for use in macro's and the like. | |
4630 - Keep output from listings in a window, so you can have a look at it while | |
237 | 4631 working in another window. Put cmdline in a separate window? |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4632 - Add possibility to put output of Ex commands in a buffer or file, e.g. for |
7 | 4633 ":set all". ":r :set all"? |
4634 - 'edit' option: When off changing the buffer is not possible (Really | |
4635 read-only mode). | |
4636 - When the 'equalalways' option is set, creating a new window should not | |
237 | 4637 result in windows to become bigger. Deleting a window should not result in |
7 | 4638 a window to become smaller (Webb). |
4639 - When resizing the whole Vim window, the windows inside should be resized | |
4640 proportionally (Webb). | |
237 | 4641 - Include options directly in option table, no indirect pointers. Use |
7 | 4642 mkopttab to make option table? |
4643 - When doing ":w dir", where "dir" is a directory name, write the current | |
4644 file into that directory, with the current file name (without the path)? | |
4645 - Support for 'dictionary's that are sorted, makes access a lot faster | |
4646 (Haritsis). | |
237 | 4647 - Add "^Vrx" on the command line, replace with contents of register x. Used |
7 | 4648 instead of CTRL-R to make repeating possible. (Marinichev) |
4649 - Add "^Vb" on the command line, replace with word before or under the | |
4650 cursor? | |
4651 - Option to make a .swp file only when a change is made (Templeton). | |
4652 - Support mapping for replace mode and "r" command (Vi doesn't do this)? | |
4653 5 Add 'ignorefilecase' option: Ignore case when expanding file names. | |
4654 ":e ma<Tab>" would also find "Makefile" on Unix. | |
9 | 4655 8 Sorting of filenames for completion is wrong on systems that ignore |
4656 case of filenames. Add 'ignorefncase' option. When set, case in | |
4657 filenames is ignored for sorting them. Patch by Mike Williams: | |
4658 ~/vim/patches/ignorefncase. Also change what matches? Or use another | |
4659 option name. | |
7 | 4660 8 Should be able to compile Vim in another directory, with $(srcdir) set to |
4661 where the sources are. Add $(srcdir) in the Makefile in a lot of places. | |
4662 (Netherton) | |
4663 6 Make it configurable when "J" inserts a space or not. Should not add a | |
4664 space after "(", for example. | |
4665 5 When inserting spaces after the end-of-line for 'virtualedit', use tabs | |
4666 when the user wants this (e.g., add a "tab" field to 'virtualedit'). | |
4667 (Servatius Brandt) | |
4668 | |
4669 | |
4670 From Elvis: | |
4671 - Use "instman.sh" to install manpages? | |
4672 - Add ":alias" command. | |
4673 - fontchanges recognized "\\fB" etc. | |
4674 - Search patterns: | |
4675 \@ match word under cursor. | |
4676 but do: | |
4677 \@w match the word under the cursor? | |
4678 \@W match the WORD under the cursor? | |
4679 8 ":window" command: | |
4680 :win + next window (up) | |
4681 :win ++ idem, wrapping | |
4682 :win - previous window (down) | |
4683 :win -- idem, wrapping | |
4684 :win nr to window number "nr" | |
4685 :win name to window editing buffer "name" | |
4686 7 ":cc" compiles a single file (default: current one). 'ccprg' option is | |
4687 program to use with ":cc". Use ":compile" instead of ":cc"? | |
4688 | |
4689 | |
4690 From Nvi: | |
4691 - 'searchincr' option, alias for 'incsearch'? | |
4692 - 'leftright' option, alias for 'nowrap'? | |
4693 - Have a look at "vi/doc/vi.chart", for Nvi specialties. | |
4694 8 Add 'keytime', time in 1/10 sec for mapping timeout? | |
4695 - Add 'filec' option as an alternative for 'wildchar'. | |
4696 6 Support Nvi command names as an alias: | |
4697 :bg :hide | |
4698 :fg fname :buf fname (with 'hidden' set?) | |
4699 :dis b :ls | |
4700 :Edit fname :split fname | |
4701 :Fg fname :sbuf fname (with 'hidden' set?) | |
4702 :Next :snext (can't do this, already use :Next) | |
4703 :Previous :sprevious | |
4704 :Tag :stag | |
4705 | |
4706 | |
4707 From xvi: | |
4708 - CTRL-_ : swap 8th bit of character. | |
4709 - Add egrep-like regex type, like xvi (Ned Konz) or Perl (Emmanuel Mogenet) | |
4710 | |
4711 | |
4712 From vile: | |
4713 - When horizontal scrolling, use '>' for lines continuing right of a window. | |
4714 - Support putting .swp files in /tmp: Command in rc.local to move .swp files | |
4715 from /tmp to some directory before deleting files. | |
4716 | |
4717 | |
4718 Far future and "big" extensions: | |
541 | 4719 - Instead of using a Makefile and autoconf, use a simple shell script to |
4720 find the C compiler and do everything with C code. Translate something | |
4721 like an Aap recipe and configure.in to C. Avoids depending on Python, | |
4722 thus will work everywhere. With batch file to find the C compiler it | |
4723 would also work on MS-Windows. | |
7 | 4724 - Make it easy to setup Vim for groups of users: novice vi users, novice |
4725 Vim users, C programmers, xterm users, GUI users,... | |
4726 - Change layout of blocks in swap file: Text at the start, with '\n' in | |
4727 between lines (just load the file without changes, except for Mac). | |
4728 Indexes for lines are from the end of the block backwards. It's the | |
4729 current layout mirrored. | |
4730 - Make it possible to edit a register, in a window, like a buffer. | |
4731 - Add stuff to syntax highlighting to change the text (upper-case keywords, | |
4732 set indent, define other highlighting, etc.). | |
4733 - Mode to keep C-code formatted all the time (sort of on-line indent). | |
4734 - Several top-level windows in one Vim session. Be able to use a different | |
4735 font in each top-level window. | |
4736 - Allow editing above start and below end of buffer (flag in 'virtualedit'). | |
4737 - Smart cut/paste: recognize words and adjust spaces before/after them. | |
4738 - Add open mode, use it when terminal has no cursor positioning. | |
4739 - Special "drawing mode": a line is drawn where the cursor is moved to. | |
4740 Backspace deletes along the line (from jvim). | |
4741 - Implement ":Bset", set option in all buffers. Also ":Wset", set in all | |
4742 windows, ":Aset, set in all arguments and ":Tset", set in all files | |
4743 mentioned in the tags file. | |
4744 Add buffer/arg range, like in ":2,5B%s/..." (do we really need this???) | |
4745 Add search string: "B/*.c/%s/.."? Or ":F/*.c/%s/.."? | |
4746 - Support for underlining (underscore-BS-char), bold (char-BS-char) and other | |
4747 standout modes switched on/off with , 'overstrike' option (Reiter). | |
4748 - Add vertical mode (Paul Jury, Demirel): "5vdw" deletes a word in five | |
4749 lines, "3vitextESC" will insert "text" in three lines, etc.. | |
4750 4 Recognize l, #, p as 'flags' to EX commands: | |
4751 :g/RE/#l shall print lines with line numbers and in list format. | |
4752 :g/RE/dp shall print lines that are deleted. | |
4753 POSIX: Commands where flags shall apply to all lines written: list, | |
237 | 4754 number, open, print, substitute, visual, &, z. For other commands, flags |
7 | 4755 shall apply to the current line after the command completes. Examples: |
4756 :7,10j #l Join the lines 7-10 and print the result in list | |
4757 - Allow two or more users to edit the same file at the same time. Changes | |
4758 are reflected in each Vim immediately. Could work with local files but | |
4759 also over the internet. See http://www.codingmonkeys.de/subethaedit/. | |
4760 | |
648 | 4761 When using "do" or ":diffget" in a buffer with changes in every line an extra |
4762 empty line would appear. | |
7 | 4763 |
4764 vim:tw=78:sw=4:sts=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl: | |
4765 vim: set fo+=n : |